From 5b8c1387d8b2fe34154451bb2cea5895305c0541 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarkko Hietaniemi Date: Tue, 24 Oct 2000 19:10:33 +0000 Subject: Stratus VOS updates from Paul Green. p4raw-id: //depot/perl@7428 --- MANIFEST | 9 +- README.vos | 101 +- pod/perlport.pod | 11 +- vos/Changes | 26 + vos/build.cm | 80 +- vos/compile_perl.cm | 10 +- vos/config.alpha.def | 488 ++++++++ vos/config.alpha.h | 3172 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ vos/config.def | 489 -------- vos/config.ga.def | 487 ++++++++ vos/config.ga.h | 3172 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ vos/config.h | 3183 ------------------------------------------------ vos/config.pl | 35 +- vos/config_h.SH_orig | 3208 ------------------------------------------------- vos/configure_perl.cm | 24 + vos/install_perl.cm | 69 ++ vos/perl.bind | 5 +- vos/vosish.h | 141 +-- 18 files changed, 7620 insertions(+), 7090 deletions(-) create mode 100644 vos/config.alpha.def create mode 100644 vos/config.alpha.h delete mode 100644 vos/config.def create mode 100644 vos/config.ga.def create mode 100644 vos/config.ga.h delete mode 100644 vos/config.h delete mode 100755 vos/config_h.SH_orig create mode 100644 vos/configure_perl.cm create mode 100644 vos/install_perl.cm diff --git a/MANIFEST b/MANIFEST index b058daa8f9..ec689df0e7 100644 --- a/MANIFEST +++ b/MANIFEST @@ -1692,10 +1692,13 @@ vms/writemain.pl Generate perlmain.c from miniperlmain.c+extensions vos/Changes Changes made to port Perl to the VOS operating system vos/build.cm VOS command macro to build Perl vos/compile_perl.cm VOS command macro to build multiple version of Perl -vos/config.def input for config.pl -vos/config.h config.h for VOS +vos/config.alpha.def definitions used by config.pl +vos/config.ga.def definitions used by config.pl +vos/config.alpha.h config.h for use with alpha VOS POSIX.1 support +vos/config.ga.h config.h for use with generally-available VOS POSIX.1 support vos/config.pl script to convert a config_h.SH to a config.h -vos/config_h.SH_orig config_h.SH at the time config.h was created +vos/configure_perl.cm VOS command macro to configure perl before building +vos/install_perl.cm VOS command macro to install perl after building vos/perl.bind VOS bind control file vos/test_vos_dummies.c Test program for "vos_dummies.c" vos/vos_dummies.c Wrappers to soak up undefined functions diff --git a/README.vos b/README.vos index 99abf0d6c5..ccb87397d4 100644 --- a/README.vos +++ b/README.vos @@ -1,23 +1,35 @@ Perl 5 README file for the Stratus VOS operating system. Paul Green (Paul_Green@stratus.com) -February 3, 2000 +October 24, 2000 Introduction ------------ -This is a port of Perl version 5, revision 005-63, to VOS. Perl +This is a port of Perl version 5, revision 7, to VOS. Perl is a scripting or macro language that is popular on many systems. See your local computer bookstore for a number of good books on Perl. -Most of the Perl features should work on VOS. However, any +Note that there are two different implementations of POSIX.1 +support on VOS. There is an alpha version of POSIX that is +available from the Stratus anonymous ftp site +(ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/posix/alpha/alpha.html). There +is a generally-available version of POSIX that comes with the +VOS Standard C compiler and C runtime in VOS Release 14.3.0 or +higher. This port of POSIX will compile and bind with either +version of POSIX. + +Most of the Perl features should work on VOS regardless of which +version of POSIX that you are using. However, the alpha version +of POSIX is missing a number of key functions, and therefore any attempt by perl.pm to call the following unimplemented POSIX functions will result in an error message and an immediate and fatal call to the VOS debugger. They are "dup", "fork", and "waitpid". The lack of these functions pretty much prevents you from starting VOS commands and grabbing their output in perl. The workaround is to run the commands outside of perl, then have -perl process the output file. +perl process the output file. These functions are all available +in the generally-available version of POSIX. Compiling Perl 5 on VOS @@ -28,21 +40,29 @@ following additional items. 1. The VOS Standard C Compiler and Runtime, or the VOS Standard C Cross-Compiler. This is a standard Stratus product. -2. The VOS OS TCP/IP product set. While the necessary header - files are included with VOS POSIX.1, you still need the - appropriate object files in order to bind perl.pm. This is - a standard Stratus product. +2. Either the VOS OS TCP/IP or STCP product set. If you are + building with the alpha version of POSIX you need the OS + TCP/IP product set. If you are building with the + generally-available version of POSIX you need the STCP + product set. These are standard Stratus products. -3. The VOS POSIX.1 environment. As of this writing, this is - available on the VOS FTP site. Login anonymously to - ftp.stratus.com and get the file - /pub/vos/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz in binary file-transfer - mode. Or use the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) +3. Either the alpha or generally-available version of the VOS + POSIX.1 environment. + + The alpha version of POSIX.1 support is available on the + Stratus FTP site. Login anonymously to ftp.stratus.com and + get the file /pub/vos/posix/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz in + binary file-transfer mode. Or use the Uniform Resource + Locator (URL) ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz from - your web browser. This is not a standard Stratus product. + your web browser. Instructions for unbundling this file + are at ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/utility/utility.html. + This is not a standard Stratus product. - Instructions for unbundling this file are at - ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/utility/utility.html. + The generally-available version of POSIX.1 support is + bundled with the VOS Standard C compiler and Runtime (or + Cross-Compiler) in VOS Release 14.3.0 or higher. This is a + standard Stratus product. 4. You must compile this version of Perl 5 on VOS Release 14.1.0 or higher because some of the perl source files @@ -53,10 +73,17 @@ following additional items. To build perl 5, change to the "vos" subdirectory and type the command "compile_perl -processor X", where X is the processor type (mc68020, i80860, pa7100, pa8000) that you wish to use. +Note that the generally-available version of POSIX.1 support is +not available for the mc68020 or i80860 processors. + +You must have purchased the VOS Standard C Cross Compiler in +order to compile perl for a processor type that is different +from the processor type of the module. + Note that code compiled for the pa7100 processor type can -execute on the PA7100, PA8000, and PA8500 processors, and that -code compiled for the pa8000 processor type can execute on the -PA8000 and PA8500 processors. +execute on the PA7100, PA8000, PA8500 and PA8600 processors, and +that code compiled for the pa8000 processor type can execute on +the PA8000, PA8500 and PA8600 processors. Installing Perl 5 on VOS @@ -82,30 +109,30 @@ Installing Perl 5 on VOS the current directory set to the top-level directory of the perl distribution, enter: - !copy_dir lib >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005 + !copy_dir lib >system>ported>perl>lib>5.7 5. While there are currently no architecture-specific extensions or modules distributed with perl, the following directories can be used to hold such files: - >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.68k - >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.860 - >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.7100 - >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.8000 + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.7.68k + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.7.860 + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.7.7100 + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.7.8000 6. Site-specific perl extensions and modules can be installed in one of two places. Put architecture-independent files into: - >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005 + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7 Put architecture-dependent files into one of the following directories: - >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.68k - >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.860 - >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.7100 - >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.8000 + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.68k + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.860 + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.7100 + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.8000 7. You can examine the @INC variable from within a perl program to see the order in which Perl searches these directories. @@ -113,12 +140,13 @@ Installing Perl 5 on VOS Unimplemented Features ---------------------- -If Perl 5 attempts to call an unimplemented VOS POSIX.1 function, -it will print a fatal error message and enter the VOS debugger. -This error is not recoverable. See vos_dummies.c for a list of -the unimplemented POSIX.1 functions. To see what functions are -unimplemented and what the error message looks like, compile and -execute "test_vos_dummies.c". +If perl is built with the alpha version of VOS POSIX.1 support +and if it attempts to call an unimplemented VOS POSIX.1 +function, it will print a fatal error message and enter the VOS +debugger. This error is not recoverable. See vos_dummies.c for +a list of the unimplemented POSIX.1 functions. To see what +functions are unimplemented and what the error message looks +like, compile and execute "test_vos_dummies.c". Restrictions @@ -143,8 +171,7 @@ port of Perl. Support Status -------------- I'm offering this port "as is". You can ask me questions, but I -can't guarantee I'll be able to answer them; I don't know much -about Perl itself; I'm still learning that. There are some +can't guarantee I'll be able to answer them. There are some excellent books available on the Perl language; consult a book seller. diff --git a/pod/perlport.pod b/pod/perlport.pod index 0c3554686d..0ee67211ad 100644 --- a/pod/perlport.pod +++ b/pod/perlport.pod @@ -908,12 +908,11 @@ contain a slash character cannot be processed. Such files must be renamed before they can be processed by Perl. Note that VOS limits file names to 32 or fewer characters. -The following C functions are unimplemented on VOS, and any attempt by -Perl to use them will result in a fatal error message and an immediate -exit from Perl: dup, do_aspawn, do_spawn, fork, waitpid. Once these -functions become available in the VOS POSIX.1 implementation, you can -either recompile and rebind Perl, or you can download a newer port from -ftp.stratus.com. +See F for restrictions that apply when Perl is built +with the alpha version of VOS POSIX.1 support. + +Perl on VOS is built without any extensions and does not support +dynamic loading. The value of C<$^O> on VOS is "VOS". To determine the architecture that you are running on without resorting to loading all of C<%Config> you diff --git a/vos/Changes b/vos/Changes index 9af03d1c5f..ba0856ac94 100644 --- a/vos/Changes +++ b/vos/Changes @@ -1,6 +1,32 @@ This file documents the changes made to port Perl to the Stratus VOS operating system. +For 5.7: + Updated "build.cm" to build perl using either the alpha or GA + version of POSIX. + Updated "Changes". + Updated "compile_perl.cm" to use either the alpha or GA + version of POSIX. + Split "config.def" into config.alpha.def and config.ga.def; + one for each version. Use the configure_perl.cm macro + to select the appropriate version. + Split "config.h" into config.alpha.h and config.ga.h. Use the + configure_perl.cm macro to select the appropriate version. + Updated "config.pl". It now diagnoses undefined (missing) and + unused substitution variables. When a new version of + Perl comes out, run "configure_perl.cm", add any missing + definitions to config.*.def, and remove any unused + definitions. + Removed "config_h.SH_orig". It is no longer needed. + Added "configure_perl.cm". It is used to configure perl so that + it can be built with either version of VOS POSIX.1 support. + Added "install_perl.cm" to install Perl into the appropriate + system directories. + Updated "perl.bind" to work with either the alpha or GA + version of POSIX. + Updated "vosish.h" to just use the standard "unixish.h" since + there are no changes needed at this time. + After 5.005_63: Supplied "config.pl" perl script that takes "config_h.SH_orig" and "config.def" as input and produces "config.h.new". diff --git a/vos/build.cm b/vos/build.cm index 8719d050c4..f749538231 100644 --- a/vos/build.cm +++ b/vos/build.cm @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ cpu option(-processor)name,allow(mc68020,i80860,pa7100,pa8000),=mc68020 recompile switch(-recompile),=1 rebind switch(-rebind),=1 + tgt_mod option(-target_module)module_name,='(current_module)' + version option(-version)name,allow(alpha,ga),=ga &end_parameters &echo command_lines & @@ -11,14 +13,22 @@ & necessary, to assign the correct pathname of the directory that & contains VOS POSIX.1 support. & -&set_string POSIX >vos_ftp_site>pub>vos>alpha>posix +&if &version& = alpha +&then &set_string POSIX >vos_ftp_site>pub>vos>alpha>posix +&else &set_string POSIX >system>posix_object_library & & See if the site has VOS POSIX.1 support loaded. If not, quit now. & &if ^ (exists &POSIX& -directory) &then &do &display_line build: VOS POSIX.1 support not found. &POSIX& - &return + &return 1 + &end +& +&if &cpu& = mc68020 & &version& = ga | &cpu& = i80860 & &version& = ga +&then &do + &display_line build: "-version ga" is incompatible with "-processor mc68020 or i80860" + &return 1 &end & & Set up the appropriate directory suffix for each architecture. @@ -43,7 +53,11 @@ &if &recompile& = 0 &then &goto CHECK_REBIND & -!set_library_paths include << < &POSIX&>incl &+ +&if &version& = alpha +&then !set_library_paths include << < &POSIX&>incl &+ + (master_disk)>system>include_library +&else !set_library_paths include << < &+ + (master_disk)>system>stcp>include_library &+ (master_disk)>system>include_library & &if (exists *.obj -link) @@ -52,7 +66,12 @@ & Suppress several harmless compiler warning and advice messages. & Use -list -show_include all -show_macros both_ways when debugging. & -&set_string cflags '-u -O4 -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199309L -DPERL_CORE' +&set_string cflags '-u -O4 -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -DPERL_CORE' +& +& The following is a work-around for stcp-1437,8,9 +& +&if &version& = ga +&then &set_string cflags &cflags& -D_BSD_SOURCE & !cc <system>tcp_os>object_library&obj2& &else &set_string tcp_objlib (master_disk)>system>tcp_os>object_library & +&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>stcp>object_library&obj2&) +&then &set_string stcp_objlib (master_disk)>system>stcp>object_library&obj2& +&else &set_string stcp_objlib (master_disk)>system>stcp>object_library +& &if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>object_library&obj2&) &then &set_string objlib (master_disk)>system>object_library&obj2& &else &set_string objlib (master_disk)>system>object_library @@ -147,11 +184,28 @@ &then &set_string c_objlib (master_disk)>system>c_object_library&obj2& &else &set_string c_objlib (master_disk)>system>c_object_library & -!set_library_paths object . &+ - &POSIX&>c>runtime>obj&obj& &+ +&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>posix_object_library&obj2&) +&then &set_string posix_objlib (master_disk)>system>posix_object_library&obj2& +&else &set_string posix_objlib (master_disk)>system>posix_object_library +& +&if &version& = alpha +&then !set_library_paths object . &tcp_objlib& &+ &POSIX&>c>sysv_runtime>obj&obj& &+ - &tcp_objlib& &objlib& &c_objlib& -!bind -control c>runtime>obj&obj& &+ + &c_objlib& &objlib& +&else !set_library_paths object . &stcp_objlib& &+ + &stcp_objlib&>common &+ + &stcp_objlib&>net &+ + &stcp_objlib&>sbsd &+ + &stcp_objlib&>socket &+ + &posix_objlib&>bsd &+ + &posix_objlib& &+ + &c_objlib& &objlib& +&if &version& = alpha +&then !bind -control tcp_runtime &tcp_objlib&>tcp_gethost &+ + &cpu& -target_module &tgt_mod& -map +&else !bind -control build.out) &then !create_file obj&obj&>build.out ; set_implicit_locking obj&obj&>build.out & +!configure_perl -version &version& +& !change_current_dir obj&obj& -!start_process (string + * or defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this + * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. + */ +#define HAS_DBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_DIFFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_DLERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is + * available to return a string describing the last error that + * occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym(). + */ +/*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* HAS_DUP2: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is + * available to duplicate file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_DUP2 /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHMOD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available + * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). + */ +#define HAS_FCHMOD /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available + * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_FCNTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the fcntl() function exists. + */ +#define HAS_FCNTL /**/ + +/* HAS_FGETPOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is + * available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell(). + */ +#define HAS_FGETPOS /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is + * available to do file locking. + */ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_FORK /**/ + +/* HAS_FSETPOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is + * available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek(). + */ +#define HAS_FSETPOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system + * call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file + * needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE). + * The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval". + */ +/*#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY /**/ +#ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY +#define Timeval struct timeval /* Structure used by gettimeofday() */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is + * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETLOGIN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is + * available to get the login name. + */ +#define HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the + * process group id. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGID /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP2: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) + * routine is available to get the current process group. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPPID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is + * available to get the parent process ID. + */ +#define HAS_GETPPID /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRIORITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is + * available to get a process's priority. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ + +/* HAS_INET_ATON: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the + * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" + * strings. + */ +/*#define HAS_INET_ATON /**/ + +/* HAS_KILLPG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available + * to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill + * with a negative process number. + */ +/*#define HAS_KILLPG /**/ + +/* HAS_LINK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is + * available to create hard links. + */ +/*#define HAS_LINK /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALECONV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is + * available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. + */ +#define HAS_LOCALECONV /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCKF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is + * available to do file locking. + */ +#define HAS_LOCKF /**/ + +/* HAS_LSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is + * available to do file stats on symbolic links. + */ +#define HAS_LSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_MBLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available + * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. + */ +#define HAS_MBLEN /**/ + +/* HAS_MBSTOWCS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is + * available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string. + */ +#define HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ + +/* HAS_MBTOWC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available + * to covert a multibyte to a wide character. + */ +#define HAS_MBTOWC /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * to compare blocks of memory. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy blocks of memory. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMMOVE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used + * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your + * own version. + */ +#define HAS_MEMMOVE /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMSET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available + * to set blocks of memory. + */ +#define HAS_MEMSET /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available + * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to + * exec /bin/mkdir. + */ +#define HAS_MKDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKFIFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is + * available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to + * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require + * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. + */ +#define HAS_MKFIFO /**/ + +/* HAS_MKTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_MKTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_MSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is + * available to synchronize a mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_MUNMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is + * available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap(). + */ +/*#define HAS_MUNMAP /**/ + +/* HAS_NICE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_NICE /**/ + +/* HAS_PATHCONF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available + * to determine file-system related limits and options associated + * with a given filename. + */ +/* HAS_FPATHCONF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available + * to determine file-system related limits and options associated + * with a given open file descriptor. + */ +#define HAS_PATHCONF /**/ +#define HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ + +/* HAS_PAUSE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is + * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. + */ +#define HAS_PAUSE /**/ + +/* HAS_PIPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is + * available to create an inter-process channel. + */ +#define HAS_PIPE /**/ + +/* HAS_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is + * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely + * include when this symbol is defined. + */ +#define HAS_POLL /**/ + +/* HAS_READDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is + * available to read directory entries. You may have to include + * . See I_DIRENT. + */ +#define HAS_READDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_SEEKDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is + * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is + * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. + */ +/*#define HAS_TELLDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_REWINDDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is + * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. + */ +#define HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_READLINK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is + * available to read the value of a symbolic link. + */ +#define HAS_READLINK /**/ + +/* HAS_RENAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available + * to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink() + * trick. + */ +#define HAS_RENAME /**/ + +/* HAS_RMDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is + * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a + * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. + */ +#define HAS_RMDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_SELECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is + * available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field + * is used, may need to be included. + */ +#define HAS_SELECT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETEGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available + * to change the effective gid of the current program. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETEGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETEUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available + * to change the effective uid of the current program. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETEUID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETLINEBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is + * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SETLOCALE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is + * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. + */ +#define HAS_SETLOCALE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid) + * routine is available to set process group ID. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP2: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) + * routine is available to set the current process group. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPRIORITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is + * available to set a process's priority. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ + +/* HAS_SETREGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is + * available to change the real and effective gid of the current + * process. + */ +/* HAS_SETRESGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is + * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current + * process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETREGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETREUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is + * available to change the real and effective uid of the current + * process. + */ +/* HAS_SETRESUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is + * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current + * process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETREUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available + * to change the real gid of the current program. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available + * to change the real uid of the current program. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRUID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is + * available to set the process group ID. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSID /**/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. + */ +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat _((int, Shmat_t, int)) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. + */ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ + +/* HAS_STRCHR: + * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr() + * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the + * index()/rindex() pair. + */ +/* HAS_INDEX: + * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex() + * functions are available for string searching. + */ +#define HAS_STRCHR /**/ +/*#define HAS_INDEX /**/ + +/* HAS_STRCOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is + * available to compare strings using collating information. + */ +#define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ + +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. + */ +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is + * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). + */ +#define HAS_STRTOD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available + * to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRXFRM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is + * available to transform strings. + */ +#define HAS_STRXFRM /**/ + +/* HAS_SYMLINK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available + * to create symbolic links. + */ +#define HAS_SYMLINK /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is + * available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough. + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCONF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available + * to determine system related limits and options. + */ +#define HAS_SYSCONF /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSTEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is + * available to issue a shell command. + */ +#define HAS_SYSTEM /**/ + +/* HAS_TCGETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is + * available to get foreground process group ID. + */ +/*#define HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_TCSETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is + * available to set foreground process group ID. + */ +/*#define HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_TRUNCATE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is + * available to truncate files. + */ +/*#define HAS_TRUNCATE /**/ + +/* HAS_TZNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is + * available to access timezone names. + */ +#define HAS_TZNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_UMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is + * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. + */ +#define HAS_UMASK /**/ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. + */ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif + +/* HAS_WAIT4: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_WAIT4 /**/ + +/* HAS_WAITPID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is + * available to wait for child process. + */ +#define HAS_WAITPID /**/ + +/* HAS_WCSTOMBS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is + * available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. + */ +#define HAS_WCSTOMBS /**/ + +/* HAS_WCTOMB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available + * to covert a wide character to a multibyte. + */ +#define HAS_WCTOMB /**/ + +/* I_ARPA_INET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get inet_addr and friends declarations. + */ +#define I_ARPA_INET /**/ + +/* I_DBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_RPCSVC_DBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_DBM /**/ +/*#define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ + +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + */ +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. + */ +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. + */ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +/*#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct dirent + +/* I_DLFCN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_DLFCN /**/ + +/* I_FCNTL: + * This manifest constant tells the C program to include . + */ +#define I_FCNTL /**/ + +/* I_FLOAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or + * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. + */ +#define I_FLOAT /**/ + +/* I_LIMITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or + * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. + */ +#define I_LIMITS /**/ + +/* I_LOCALE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_LOCALE /**/ + +/* I_MATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_MATH /**/ + +/* I_MEMORY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MEMORY /**/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ + +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_IN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Otherwise, you may try . + */ +#define I_NETINET_IN /**/ + +/* I_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SFIO /**/ + +/* I_STDDEF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +#define I_STDDEF /**/ + +/* I_STDLIB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +#define I_STDLIB /**/ + +/* I_STRING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include (USG systems) instead of (BSD systems). + */ +#define I_STRING /**/ + +/* I_SYS_DIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_DIR /**/ + +/* I_SYS_FILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of R_OK and friends. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_FILE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_IOCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. Otherwise, include or . + */ +#define I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ + +/* I_SYS_NDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_NDIR /**/ + +/* I_SYS_PARAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_PARAM /**/ + +/* I_SYS_RESOURCE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_SELECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include in order to get definition of struct timeval. + */ +#define I_SYS_SELECT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_STAT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_TIMES /**/ + +/* I_SYS_TYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_TYPES /**/ + +/* I_SYS_UN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get UNIX domain socket definitions. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_UN /**/ + +/* I_SYS_WAIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_WAIT /**/ + +/* I_TERMIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include + * rather than . There are also differences in + * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. + */ +/* I_TERMIOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include + * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h. + * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the + * value of this symbol. + */ +/* I_SGTTY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include + * rather than . There are also differences in + * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. + */ +/*#define I_TERMIO /**/ +#define I_TERMIOS /**/ +/*#define I_SGTTY /**/ + +/* I_UNISTD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_UNISTD /**/ + +/* I_UTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_UTIME /**/ + +/* I_VALUES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or + * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you + * should use instead, if it is available. + */ +#define I_VALUES /**/ + +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ + +/* I_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include vfork.h. + */ +/*#define I_VFORK /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ + +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + +/* CROSSCOMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our + * build process is a cross-compilation. + */ +/*#define CROSSCOMPILE /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ + +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. + */ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t _error_ /**/ +# define Uquad_t _error_ /**/ +# define QUADKIND _error_ /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 +#endif + +/* HAS_ACCESSX: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ + +/* HAS_EACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. + */ +#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" +#define CPPLAST "-" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +/*#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_ICONV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the iconv routine is + * available to do character set conversions. + */ +/*#define HAS_ICONV /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. + */ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir _((DIR*)); + */ +/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. + */ +/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_ICONV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_ICONV /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ + +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ + +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ + +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ + +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. + */ +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. + */ +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. + */ +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. + */ +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. + */ +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. + */ +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. + */ +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. + */ +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. + */ +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. + */ +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. + */ +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). + */ +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). + */ +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). + */ +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). + */ +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). + */ +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). + */ +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). + */ +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). + */ +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). + */ +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). + */ +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +#define IVTYPE int /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned int /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE int /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned int /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE _error_ /**/ +#define U64TYPE _error_ /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE _error_ /**/ +#define U64SIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 + +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. + */ +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. + */ +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. + */ +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. + */ +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. + */ +#define IVdf "d" /**/ +#define UVuf "u" /**/ +#define UVof "o" /**/ +#define UVxf "x" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. + */ +#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ + +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. + */ +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. + */ +#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. + */ +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. + */ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif + +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. + */ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. + */ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. + */ +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary + * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in for older + * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. + * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree + * structured like the default one. + * See INSTALL for how this works. + * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, + * so that is the lowest possible value. + * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as + * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources + * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, + * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, + * though in principle we could go snooping around in old + * Config.pm files. + */ +/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl + * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules + * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current + * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search in /system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7 for older directories across major versions + * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl + * library directory tree structured like the default one. The + * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's + * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine + * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. + */ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +#endif diff --git a/vos/config.def b/vos/config.def deleted file mode 100644 index 0f67dee19a..0000000000 --- a/vos/config.def +++ /dev/null @@ -1,489 +0,0 @@ -$alignbytes='8' -$aphostname='' -$archlib='' -$archlibexp='' -$archname='vos' -$bin='/system/ported/command_library' -$binexp='/system/ported/command_library' -$byteorder='4321' -$castflags='0' -$cf_by='Paul_Green@stratus.com' -$cf_time='2000-02-03 19:13 UCT' -$cpp_stuff='42' -$cpplast='-' -$cppminus='-' -$cpprun='cc -E -' -$cppstdin='cc -E' -$crosscompile='undef' -$d_access='undef' -$d_accessx='undef' -$d_alarm='define' -$d_archlib='undef' -$d_atolf='undef' -$d_atoll='undef' -$d_attribut='undef' -$d_bcmp='undef' -$d_bcopy='undef' -$d_bincompat5005='undef' -$d_bsdgetpgrp='undef' -$d_bsdsetpgrp='undef' -$d_bzero='undef' -$d_casti32='undef' -$d_castneg='define' -$d_charvspr='undef' -$d_chown='undef' -$d_chroot='undef' -$d_chsize='undef' -$d_const='define' -$d_crypt='undef' -$d_csh='undef' -$d_cuserid='undef' -$d_dbl_dig='define' -$d_difftime='define' -$d_dirnamlen='undef' -$d_dlerror='undef' -$d_dlsymun='undef' -$d_dosuid='undef' -$d_drand48proto='undef' -$d_dup2='undef' -$d_eaccess='undef' -$d_endgrent='undef' -$d_endhent='define' -$d_endnent='define' -$d_endpent='define' -$d_endpwent='undef' -$d_endsent='define' -$d_eofnblk='define' -$d_fchmod='define' -$d_fchown='undef' -$d_fcntl='define' -$d_fd_set='undef' -$d_fgetpos='define' -$d_flexfnam='define' -$d_flock='undef' -$d_fork='undef' -$d_fpathconf='define' -$d_fpos64_t='undef' -$d_frexpl='undef' -$d_fs_data_s='undef' -$d_fseeko='undef' -$d_fsetpos='define' -$d_fstatfs='undef' -$d_fstatvfs='undef' -$d_ftello='undef' -$d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' -$d_getcwd='define' -$d_getespwnam='undef' -$d_getfsstat='undef' -$d_getgrent='undef' -$d_getgrps='undef' -$d_gethbyaddr='define' -$d_gethbyname='define' -$d_gethent='define' -$d_gethname='define' -$d_gethostprotos='define' -$d_getlogin='define' -$d_getmnt='undef' -$d_getmntent='undef' -$d_getnbyaddr='define' -$d_getnbyname='define' -$d_getnent='define' -$d_getnetprotos='define' -$d_getpbyname='define' -$d_getpbynumber='define' -$d_getpent='define' -$d_getpgid='undef' -$d_getpgrp2='undef' -$d_getpgrp='define' -$d_getppid='define' -$d_getprior='undef' -$d_getprotoprotos='define' -$d_getprpwnam='undef' -$d_getpwent='undef' -$d_getsbyname='define' -$d_getsbyport='define' -$d_getsent='define' -$d_getservprotos='define' -$d_getspnam='undef' -$d_gettimeod='undef' -$d_gnulibc='undef' -$d_grpasswd='undef' -$d_hasmntopt='undef' -$d_htonl='define' -$d_iconv='undef' -$d_index='undef' -$d_inetaton='undef' -$d_int64_t='undef' -$d_isascii='define' -$d_isnan='define' -$d_isnanl='undef' -$d_killpg='undef' -$d_lchown='undef' -$d_ldbl_dig='define' -$d_link='undef' -$d_locconv='define' -$d_lockf='define' -$d_longdbl='define' -$d_longlong='undef' -$d_lseekproto='define' -$d_lstat='define' -$d_madvise='undef' -$d_mblen='define' -$d_mbstowcs='define' -$d_mbtowc='define' -$d_memchr='define' -$d_memcmp='define' -$d_memcpy='define' -$d_memmove='define' -$d_memset='define' -$d_mkdir='define' -$d_mkdtemp='undef' -$d_mkstemp='undef' -$d_mkstemps='undef' -$d_mkfifo='define' -$d_mktime='define' -$d_mmap='undef' -$d_modfl='undef' -$d_mprotect='undef' -$d_msg='undef' -$d_msg_ctrunc='undef' -$d_msg_dontroute='undef' -$d_msg_oob='undef' -$d_msg_peek='undef' -$d_msg_proxy='undef' -$d_msync='undef' -$d_munmap='undef' -$d_mymalloc='undef' -$d_nice='undef' -$d_nv_preserves_uv='define' -$d_nv_preserves_uv_bits='32' -$d_off64_t='undef' -$d_old_pthread_create_joinable='undef' -$d_oldpthreads='undef' -$d_open3='define' -$d_pathconf='define' -$d_perl_otherlibdirs='undef' -$d_pause='define' -$d_phostname='undef' -$d_pipe='define' -$d_poll='define' -$d_PRIeldbl='define' -$d_PRIfldbl='define' -$d_PRIgldbl='define' -$d_PRIEUldbl='define' -$d_PRIFUldbl='define' -$d_PRIGUldbl='define' -$d_pthread_yield='undef' -$d_pwage='undef' -$d_pwchange='undef' -$d_pwclass='undef' -$d_pwcomment='undef' -$d_pwexpire='undef' -$d_pwgecos='undef' -$d_pwpasswd='undef' -$d_pwquota='undef' -$d_qgcvt='undef' -$d_quad='undef' -$d_readdir='define' -$d_readlink='define' -$d_rename='define' -$d_rewinddir='define' -$d_rmdir='define' -$d_safebcpy='undef' -$d_safemcpy='undef' -$d_sanemcmp='define' -$d_sched_yield='undef' -$d_scm_rights='undef' -$d_seekdir='undef' -$d_select='define' -$d_sem='undef' -$d_semctl_semid_ds='undef' -$d_semctl_semun='undef' -$d_setegid='undef' -$d_seteuid='undef' -$d_setgrent='undef' -$d_setgrps='undef' -$d_sethent='define' -$d_setlinebuf='undef' -$d_setlocale='define' -$d_setnent='define' -$d_setpent='define' -$d_setpgid='undef' -$d_setpgrp2='undef' -$d_setpgrp='undef' -$d_setprior='undef' -$d_setproctitle='undef' -$d_setpwent='undef' -$d_setregid='undef' -$d_setresgid='undef' -$d_setresuid='undef' -$d_setreuid='undef' -$d_setrgid='undef' -$d_setruid='undef' -$d_setsent='define' -$d_setsid='undef' -$d_setvbuf='define' -$d_sfio='undef' -$d_shm='undef' -$d_shmatprototype='define' -$d_sigaction='undef' -$d_sigsetjmp='undef' -$d_sitearch='undef' -$d_socket='define' -$d_sockpair='undef' -$d_socks5_init='undef' -$d_sqrtl='undef' -$d_statblks='undef' -$d_statfs_f_flags='undef' -$d_statfs_s='undef' -$d_stdio_cnt_lval='define' -$d_stdio_ptr_lval='define' -$d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt='undef' -$d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt='undef' -$d_stdio_stream_array='define' -$d_stdiobase='define' -$d_stdstdio='define' -$d_strchr='define' -$d_strcoll='define' -$d_strctcpy='define' -$d_strerrm='strerror(e)' -$d_strerror='define' -$d_strtod='define' -$d_strtol='define' -$d_strtold='undef' -$d_strtoll='undef' -$d_strtoul='define' -$d_strtoull='undef' -$d_strtouq='undef' -$d_strxfrm='define' -$d_suidsafe='define' -$d_symlink='define' -$d_syscall='undef' -$d_sysconf='define' -$d_syserrlst='define' -$d_system='define' -$d_tcgetpgrp='undef' -$d_tcsetpgrp='undef' -$d_telldir='undef' -$d_telldirproto='undef' -$d_times='define' -$d_truncate='undef' -$d_tzname='define' -$d_umask='define' -$d_uname='define' -$d_union_semun='undef' -$d_ustat='undef' -$d_vendorarch='define' -$d_vendorlib='define' -$d_vfork='undef' -$d_void_closedir='undef' -$d_volatile='define' -$d_vprintf='define' -$d_wait4='undef' -$d_waitpid='define' -$d_wcstombs='define' -$d_wctomb='define' -$db_hashtype='int' -$db_prefixtype='int' -$defvoidused='15' -$direntrytype='struct dirent' -$doublesize='8' -$drand01='rand()/(RAND_MAX+1)' -$eagain='EAGAIN' -$ebcdic='undef' -$fflushall='undef' -$fflushNULL='define' -$fpostype='fpos_t' -$freetype='void' -$full_csh='' -$full_sed='/system/ported/command_library/sed.pm' -$gidformat='"d"' -$gidsize='4' -$gidsign='-1' -$gidtype='gid_t' -$groupstype='gid_t' -$i16size='2' -$i16type='short' -$i32size='4' -$i32type='int' -$i64size='_error_' -$i64type='_error_' -$i8size='1' -$i8type='char' -$i_arpainet='define' -$i_dbm='undef' -$i_dirent='define' -$i_dlfcn='undef' -$i_fcntl='define' -$i_float='define' -$i_grp='undef' -$i_iconv='undef' -$i_ieeefp='undef' -$i_inttypes='undef' -$i_libutil='undef' -$i_limits='define' -$i_locale='define' -$i_machcthr='undef' -$i_math='define' -$i_memory='undef' -$i_mntent='undef' -$i_ndbm='undef' -$i_netdb='define' -$i_neterrno='undef' -$i_netinettcp='undef' -$i_niin='define' -$i_poll='undef' -$i_prot='undef' -$i_pthread='undef' -$i_pwd='undef' -$i_rpcsvcdbm='undef' -$i_sfio='undef' -$i_sgtty='undef' -$i_shadow='undef' -$i_socks='undef' -$i_stdarg='define' -$i_stddef='define' -$i_stdlib='define' -$i_string='define' -$i_sunmath='undef' -$i_sysaccess='undef' -$i_sysdir='undef' -$i_sysfile='undef' -$i_sysioctl='define' -$i_syslog='undef' -$i_sysmode='undef' -$i_sysmount='undef' -$i_sysndir='undef' -$i_sysparam='undef' -$i_sysresrc='undef' -$i_syssecrt='undef' -$i_sysselct='define' -$i_sysstat='define' -$i_sysstatfs='undef' -$i_sysstatvfs='undef' -$i_systime='define' -$i_systimek='undef' -$i_systimes='define' -$i_systypes='define' -$i_sysuio='undef' -$i_sysun='undef' -$i_sysutsname='define' -$i_sysvfs='undef' -$i_syswait='define' -$i_termio='undef' -$i_termios='define' -$i_time='undef' -$i_unistd='define' -$i_ustat='undef' -$i_utime='define' -$i_values='define' -$i_varargs='undef' -$i_vfork='undef' -$Id='$Id' -$inc_version_list_init='0' -$installusrbinperl='undef' -$intsize='4' -$ivdformat='"d"' -$ivsize='4' -$ivtype='int' -$longdblsize='8' -$longlongsize='_error_' -$longsize='4' -$lseeksize='4' -$lseektype='off_t' -$malloctype='void *' -$modetype='mode_t' -$multiarch='undef' -$myuname='VOS' -$netdb_hlen_type='int' -$netdb_host_type='char *' -$netdb_name_type='char *' -$netdb_net_type='long' -$nveformat='"e"' -$nvfformat='"f"' -$nvgformat='"g"' -$nvsize='8' -$nvtype='double' -$o_nonblock='O_NONBLOCK' -$old_pthread_create_joinable='' -$osname='VOS' -$otherlibdirs='' -$package='perl5' -$pidtype='pid_t' -$pm_apiversion='5.005' -$privlib='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' -$privlibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' -$prototype='define' -$ptrsize='4' -$quadkind='_error_' -$quadtype='_error_' -$randbits='15' -$randseedtype='unsigned int' -$rd_nodata='-1' -$sched_yield='' -$seedfunc='srand' -$selectminbits='1' -$selecttype='fd_set *' -$sh='/bin/sh' -$shmattype='void *' -$shortsize='2' -$sig_name_init='"ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0' -$sig_num_init='0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0' -$signal_t='void' -$sitearch='' -$sitearchexp='' -$sitelib='/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005' -$sitelibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005' -$sitelib_stem='/system/ported/perl/lib/site' -$sizesize='4' -$sizetype='size_t' -$socksizetype='int' -$sPRIfldbl='"Lf"' -$sPRIgldbl='"Lg"' -$src='%es#lang/vos_ftp_site/pub/vos/alpha/perl' -$ssizetype='ssize_t' -$startperl='!perl.pm' -$stdchar='unsigned char' -$stdio_base='((fp)->_base)' -$stdio_bufsiz='((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)' -$stdio_cnt='((fp)->_cnt)' -$stdio_ptr='((fp)->_ptr)' -$stdio_stream_array='_iob' -$timetype='time_t' -$u16size='2' -$u16type='unsigned short' -$u32size='4' -$u32type='unsigned int' -$u64size='_error_' -$u64type='_error_' -$u8size='1' -$u8type='unsigned char' -$uidformat='"d"' -$uidsize='4' -$uidsign='-1' -$uidtype='uid_t' -$uquadtype='_error_' -$use5005threads='undef' -$use64bitall='undef' -$use64bitint='undef' -$usedl='undef' -$useithreads='undef' -$uselargefiles='undef' -$uselongdouble='define' -$usemorebits='undef' -$usemultiplicity='undef' -$useperlio='undef' -$usesocks='undef' -$usethreads='undef' -$uvoformat='"o"' -$uvsize='4' -$uvtype='unsigned int' -$uvuformat='"u"' -$uvxformat='"x"' -$vendorarch='' -$vendorarchexp='' -$vendorlib_stem='' -$vendorlibexp='' -$versiononly='undef' -$voidflags='15' -$xs_apiversion='5.00563' diff --git a/vos/config.ga.def b/vos/config.ga.def new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6ab96b1f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vos/config.ga.def @@ -0,0 +1,487 @@ +$alignbytes='8' +$aphostname='' +$archlib='' +$archlibexp='' +$archname='vos' +$bin='/system/ported/command_library' +$binexp='/system/ported/command_library' +$byteorder='4321' +$castflags='0' +$cf_by='Paul_Green@stratus.com' +$cf_time='2000-10-24 15:35 UCT' +$CONFIG_SH='config.sh' +$cpp_stuff='42' +$cpplast='-' +$cppminus='-' +$cpprun='cc -E -' +$cppstdin='cc -E' +$crosscompile='undef' +$d_access='define' +$d_accessx='undef' +$d_alarm='define' +$d_archlib='undef' +$d_atolf='undef' +$d_atoll='undef' +$d_attribut='undef' +$d_bcmp='undef' +$d_bcopy='undef' +$d_bincompat5005='undef' +$d_bsdgetpgrp='undef' +$d_bsdsetpgrp='undef' +$d_bzero='undef' +$d_casti32='undef' +$d_castneg='define' +$d_charvspr='undef' +$d_chown='define' +$d_chroot='undef' +$d_chsize='undef' +$d_const='define' +$d_crypt='undef' +$d_csh='define' +$d_cuserid='undef' +$d_dbl_dig='define' +$d_difftime='define' +$d_dirnamlen='undef' +$d_dlerror='undef' +$d_dlsymun='undef' +$d_dosuid='undef' +$d_drand48proto='undef' +$d_dup2='define' +$d_eaccess='undef' +$d_endgrent='undef' +$d_endhent='define' +$d_endnent='define' +$d_endpent='define' +$d_endpwent='undef' +$d_endsent='define' +$d_eofnblk='define' +$d_fchmod='define' +$d_fchown='undef' +$d_fcntl='define' +$d_fd_set='undef' +$d_fgetpos='define' +$d_flexfnam='define' +$d_flock='undef' +$d_fork='define' +$d_fpathconf='define' +$d_fpos64_t='undef' +$d_frexpl='undef' +$d_fs_data_s='undef' +$d_fseeko='undef' +$d_fsetpos='define' +$d_fstatfs='undef' +$d_fstatvfs='undef' +$d_ftello='undef' +$d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' +$d_getcwd='define' +$d_getespwnam='undef' +$d_getfsstat='undef' +$d_getgrent='undef' +$d_getgrps='undef' +$d_gethbyaddr='define' +$d_gethbyname='define' +$d_gethent='define' +$d_gethname='define' +$d_gethostprotos='define' +$d_getlogin='define' +$d_getmnt='undef' +$d_getmntent='undef' +$d_getnbyaddr='define' +$d_getnbyname='define' +$d_getnent='define' +$d_getnetprotos='define' +$d_getpbyname='define' +$d_getpbynumber='define' +$d_getpent='define' +$d_getpgid='undef' +$d_getpgrp2='undef' +$d_getpgrp='define' +$d_getppid='define' +$d_getprior='undef' +$d_getprotoprotos='define' +$d_getprpwnam='undef' +$d_getpwent='undef' +$d_getsbyname='define' +$d_getsbyport='define' +$d_getsent='define' +$d_getservprotos='define' +$d_getspnam='undef' +$d_gettimeod='undef' +$d_gnulibc='undef' +$d_grpasswd='undef' +$d_hasmntopt='undef' +$d_htonl='define' +$d_iconv='undef' +$d_index='undef' +$d_inetaton='undef' +$d_int64_t='undef' +$d_isascii='define' +$d_isnan='undef' +$d_isnanl='undef' +$d_killpg='undef' +$d_lchown='undef' +$d_ldbl_dig='define' +$d_link='undef' +$d_locconv='define' +$d_lockf='define' +$d_longdbl='define' +$d_longlong='undef' +$d_lseekproto='define' +$d_lstat='define' +$d_madvise='undef' +$d_mblen='define' +$d_mbstowcs='define' +$d_mbtowc='define' +$d_memchr='define' +$d_memcmp='define' +$d_memcpy='define' +$d_memmove='define' +$d_memset='define' +$d_mkdir='define' +$d_mkdtemp='undef' +$d_mkstemp='undef' +$d_mkstemps='undef' +$d_mkfifo='define' +$d_mktime='define' +$d_mmap='define' +$d_modfl='undef' +$d_mprotect='undef' +$d_msg='undef' +$d_msg_ctrunc='undef' +$d_msg_dontroute='undef' +$d_msg_oob='undef' +$d_msg_peek='undef' +$d_msg_proxy='undef' +$d_msync='undef' +$d_munmap='define' +$d_mymalloc='undef' +$d_nice='undef' +$d_nv_preserves_uv='define' +$d_nv_preserves_uv_bits='32' +$d_off64_t='undef' +$d_old_pthread_create_joinable='undef' +$d_oldpthreads='undef' +$d_open3='define' +$d_pathconf='define' +$d_perl_otherlibdirs='undef' +$d_pause='define' +$d_phostname='undef' +$d_pipe='define' +$d_poll='define' +$d_PRIeldbl='define' +$d_PRIfldbl='define' +$d_PRIgldbl='define' +$d_pthread_yield='undef' +$d_pwage='undef' +$d_pwchange='undef' +$d_pwclass='undef' +$d_pwcomment='undef' +$d_pwexpire='undef' +$d_pwgecos='undef' +$d_pwpasswd='undef' +$d_pwquota='undef' +$d_quad='undef' +$d_readdir='define' +$d_readlink='define' +$d_rename='define' +$d_rewinddir='define' +$d_rmdir='define' +$d_safebcpy='undef' +$d_safemcpy='undef' +$d_sanemcmp='define' +$d_sched_yield='undef' +$d_scm_rights='undef' +$d_SCNfldbl='define' +$d_seekdir='undef' +$d_select='define' +$d_sem='undef' +$d_semctl_semid_ds='undef' +$d_semctl_semun='undef' +$d_setegid='define' +$d_seteuid='define' +$d_setgrent='undef' +$d_setgrps='undef' +$d_sethent='define' +$d_setlinebuf='define' +$d_setlocale='define' +$d_setnent='define' +$d_setpent='define' +$d_setpgid='define' +$d_setpgrp2='undef' +$d_setpgrp='undef' +$d_setprior='undef' +$d_setproctitle='undef' +$d_setpwent='undef' +$d_setregid='undef' +$d_setresgid='undef' +$d_setresuid='undef' +$d_setreuid='undef' +$d_setrgid='undef' +$d_setruid='undef' +$d_setsent='define' +$d_setsid='define' +$d_setvbuf='define' +$d_sfio='undef' +$d_shm='undef' +$d_shmatprototype='define' +$d_sigaction='define' +$d_sigsetjmp='define' +$d_socket='define' +$d_sockpair='undef' +$d_socks5_init='undef' +$d_sqrtl='undef' +$d_statblks='undef' +$d_statfs_f_flags='undef' +$d_statfs_s='undef' +$d_stdio_cnt_lval='define' +$d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt='undef' +$d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt='undef' +$d_stdio_stream_array='define' +$d_stdiobase='define' +$d_stdstdio='define' +$d_strchr='define' +$d_strcoll='define' +$d_strctcpy='define' +$d_strerrm='strerror(e)' +$d_strerror='define' +$d_strtod='define' +$d_strtol='define' +$d_strtold='undef' +$d_strtoll='undef' +$d_strtoul='define' +$d_strtoull='undef' +$d_strtouq='undef' +$d_strxfrm='define' +$d_suidsafe='define' +$d_symlink='define' +$d_syscall='undef' +$d_sysconf='define' +$d_syserrlst='define' +$d_system='define' +$d_tcgetpgrp='define' +$d_tcsetpgrp='define' +$d_telldir='undef' +$d_telldirproto='undef' +$d_times='define' +$d_truncate='undef' +$d_tzname='define' +$d_umask='define' +$d_uname='define' +$d_union_semun='undef' +$d_ustat='undef' +$d_vendorarch='define' +$d_vendorlib='define' +$d_vfork='undef' +$d_void_closedir='undef' +$d_volatile='define' +$d_vprintf='define' +$d_wait4='define' +$d_waitpid='define' +$d_wcstombs='define' +$d_wctomb='define' +$db_hashtype='int' +$db_prefixtype='int' +$defvoidused='15' +$direntrytype='struct dirent' +$doublesize='8' +$drand01='rand()/(RAND_MAX+1)' +$eagain='EAGAIN' +$ebcdic='undef' +$fflushall='undef' +$fflushNULL='define' +$fpostype='fpos_t' +$freetype='void' +$full_csh='/system/ported/command_library/bash.pm' +$full_sed='/system/ported/command_library/sed.pm' +$gidformat='"d"' +$gidsize='4' +$gidsign='-1' +$gidtype='gid_t' +$groupstype='gid_t' +$i16size='2' +$i16type='short' +$i32size='4' +$i32type='int' +$i64size='_error_' +$i64type='_error_' +$i8size='1' +$i8type='char' +$i_arpainet='define' +$i_dbm='undef' +$i_dirent='define' +$i_dlfcn='undef' +$i_fcntl='define' +$i_float='define' +$i_grp='define' +$i_iconv='undef' +$i_ieeefp='undef' +$i_inttypes='undef' +$i_libutil='undef' +$i_limits='define' +$i_locale='define' +$i_machcthr='undef' +$i_math='define' +$i_memory='undef' +$i_mntent='undef' +$i_ndbm='undef' +$i_netdb='define' +$i_neterrno='undef' +$i_netinettcp='define' +$i_niin='define' +$i_poll='undef' +$i_prot='undef' +$i_pthread='undef' +$i_pwd='define' +$i_rpcsvcdbm='undef' +$i_sfio='undef' +$i_sgtty='undef' +$i_shadow='undef' +$i_socks='undef' +$i_stdarg='define' +$i_stddef='define' +$i_stdlib='define' +$i_string='define' +$i_sunmath='undef' +$i_sysaccess='undef' +$i_sysdir='undef' +$i_sysfile='undef' +$i_sysioctl='define' +$i_syslog='undef' +$i_sysmode='undef' +$i_sysmount='undef' +$i_sysndir='undef' +$i_sysparam='undef' +$i_sysresrc='undef' +$i_syssecrt='undef' +$i_sysselct='define' +$i_sysstat='define' +$i_sysstatfs='undef' +$i_sysstatvfs='undef' +$i_systime='define' +$i_systimek='undef' +$i_systimes='define' +$i_systypes='define' +$i_sysuio='undef' +$i_sysun='undef' +$i_sysutsname='define' +$i_sysvfs='undef' +$i_syswait='define' +$i_termio='undef' +$i_termios='define' +$i_time='undef' +$i_unistd='define' +$i_ustat='undef' +$i_utime='define' +$i_values='define' +$i_varargs='undef' +$i_vfork='undef' +$Id='$Id' +$inc_version_list_init='0' +$installusrbinperl='undef' +$intsize='4' +$ivdformat='"d"' +$ivsize='4' +$ivtype='int' +$longdblsize='8' +$longlongsize='_error_' +$longsize='4' +$lseeksize='4' +$lseektype='off_t' +$malloctype='void *' +$mmaptype='void *' +$modetype='mode_t' +$multiarch='undef' +$myuname='VOS' +$netdb_hlen_type='int' +$netdb_host_type='char *' +$netdb_name_type='char *' +$netdb_net_type='long' +$nveformat='"e"' +$nvfformat='"f"' +$nvgformat='"g"' +$nvsize='8' +$nvtype='double' +$o_nonblock='O_NONBLOCK' +$old_pthread_create_joinable='' +$osname='VOS' +$otherlibdirs='' +$package='perl5' +$pidtype='pid_t' +$pm_apiversion='5.005' +$privlib='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' +$privlibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' +$prototype='define' +$ptrsize='4' +$quadkind='_error_' +$quadtype='_error_' +$randbits='15' +$randseedtype='unsigned int' +$rd_nodata='-1' +$sched_yield='' +$seedfunc='srand' +$selectminbits='1' +$selecttype='fd_set *' +$sh='/system/ported/command_library/bash.pm' +$shmattype='void *' +$shortsize='2' +$sig_name_init='"ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0' +$sig_num_init='0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0' +$signal_t='void' +$sitearch='' +$sitearchexp='' +$sitelib='/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7' +$sitelibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7' +$sitelib_stem='/system/ported/perl/lib/site' +$sizesize='4' +$sizetype='size_t' +$socksizetype='int' +$sPRIeldbl='"Le"' +$sPRIfldbl='"Lf"' +$sPRIgldbl='"Lg"' +$src='/vos_ftp_site/pub/vos/posix/(alpha|ga)/perl' +$sSCNfldbl='"Lf"' +$ssizetype='ssize_t' +$startperl='!perl.pm' +$stdchar='unsigned char' +$stdio_base='((fp)->_base)' +$stdio_bufsiz='((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)' +$stdio_cnt='((fp)->_cnt)' +$stdio_ptr='((fp)->_ptr)' +$stdio_stream_array='_iob' +$timetype='time_t' +$u16size='2' +$u16type='unsigned short' +$u32size='4' +$u32type='unsigned int' +$u64size='_error_' +$u64type='_error_' +$u8size='1' +$u8type='unsigned char' +$uidformat='"d"' +$uidsize='4' +$uidsign='-1' +$uidtype='uid_t' +$undef='$undef' +$uquadtype='_error_' +$use5005threads='undef' +$use64bitall='undef' +$use64bitint='undef' +$usedl='undef' +$useithreads='undef' +$uselargefiles='undef' +$uselongdouble='define' +$usemorebits='undef' +$usemultiplicity='undef' +$useperlio='undef' +$usesocks='undef' +$uvoformat='"o"' +$uvsize='4' +$uvtype='unsigned int' +$uvuformat='"u"' +$uvxformat='"x"' +$vendorarch='' +$vendorarchexp='' +$vendorlib_stem='' +$vendorlibexp='' +$voidflags='15' +$xs_apiversion='5.00563' diff --git a/vos/config.ga.h b/vos/config.ga.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae5cf93129 --- /dev/null +++ b/vos/config.ga.h @@ -0,0 +1,3172 @@ +/* + * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which + * gets its values from config.sh, which is generally produced by + * running Configure. + * + * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, + * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. + * For a more permanent change edit config.sh and rerun config_h.SH. + * + * \$Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ + */ + +/* + * Package name : perl5 + * Source directory : /vos_ftp_site/pub/vos/posix/(alpha|ga)/perl + * Configuration time: 2000-10-24 15:35 UCT + * Configured by : Paul_Green@stratus.com + * Target system : VOS + */ + +#ifndef _config_h_ +#define _config_h_ + +/* LOC_SED: + * This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program. + */ +#define LOC_SED "/system/ported/command_library/sed.pm" /**/ + +/* HAS_ALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_ALARM /**/ + +/* HASATTRIBUTE: + * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, + * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ +#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE +#define __attribute__(_arg_) +#endif + +/* HAS_BCMP: + * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to + * compare blocks of memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_BCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_BCOPY: + * This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to + * copy blocks of memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_BZERO: + * This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to + * set a memory block to 0. + */ +/*#define HAS_BZERO /**/ + +/* HAS_CHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_CHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_CHROOT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_CHROOT /**/ + +/* HAS_CHSIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available + * to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. + */ +/*#define HAS_CHSIZE /**/ + +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. + */ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif + +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ + +/* HAS_CUSERID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is + * available to get character login names. + */ +/*#define HAS_CUSERID /**/ + +/* HAS_DBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this + * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. + */ +#define HAS_DBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_DIFFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_DLERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is + * available to return a string describing the last error that + * occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym(). + */ +/*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* HAS_DUP2: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is + * available to duplicate file descriptors. + */ +#define HAS_DUP2 /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHMOD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available + * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). + */ +#define HAS_FCHMOD /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available + * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_FCNTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the fcntl() function exists. + */ +#define HAS_FCNTL /**/ + +/* HAS_FGETPOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is + * available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell(). + */ +#define HAS_FGETPOS /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is + * available to do file locking. + */ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_FORK /**/ + +/* HAS_FSETPOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is + * available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek(). + */ +#define HAS_FSETPOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system + * call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file + * needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE). + * The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval". + */ +/*#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY /**/ +#ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY +#define Timeval struct timeval /* Structure used by gettimeofday() */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is + * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETLOGIN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is + * available to get the login name. + */ +#define HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the + * process group id. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGID /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP2: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) + * routine is available to get the current process group. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPPID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is + * available to get the parent process ID. + */ +#define HAS_GETPPID /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRIORITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is + * available to get a process's priority. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ + +/* HAS_INET_ATON: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the + * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" + * strings. + */ +/*#define HAS_INET_ATON /**/ + +/* HAS_KILLPG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available + * to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill + * with a negative process number. + */ +/*#define HAS_KILLPG /**/ + +/* HAS_LINK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is + * available to create hard links. + */ +/*#define HAS_LINK /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALECONV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is + * available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. + */ +#define HAS_LOCALECONV /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCKF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is + * available to do file locking. + */ +#define HAS_LOCKF /**/ + +/* HAS_LSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is + * available to do file stats on symbolic links. + */ +#define HAS_LSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_MBLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available + * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. + */ +#define HAS_MBLEN /**/ + +/* HAS_MBSTOWCS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is + * available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string. + */ +#define HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ + +/* HAS_MBTOWC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available + * to covert a multibyte to a wide character. + */ +#define HAS_MBTOWC /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * to compare blocks of memory. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy blocks of memory. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMMOVE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used + * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your + * own version. + */ +#define HAS_MEMMOVE /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMSET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available + * to set blocks of memory. + */ +#define HAS_MEMSET /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available + * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to + * exec /bin/mkdir. + */ +#define HAS_MKDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKFIFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is + * available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to + * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require + * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. + */ +#define HAS_MKFIFO /**/ + +/* HAS_MKTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_MKTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_MSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is + * available to synchronize a mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_MUNMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is + * available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap(). + */ +#define HAS_MUNMAP /**/ + +/* HAS_NICE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_NICE /**/ + +/* HAS_PATHCONF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available + * to determine file-system related limits and options associated + * with a given filename. + */ +/* HAS_FPATHCONF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available + * to determine file-system related limits and options associated + * with a given open file descriptor. + */ +#define HAS_PATHCONF /**/ +#define HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ + +/* HAS_PAUSE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is + * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. + */ +#define HAS_PAUSE /**/ + +/* HAS_PIPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is + * available to create an inter-process channel. + */ +#define HAS_PIPE /**/ + +/* HAS_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is + * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely + * include when this symbol is defined. + */ +#define HAS_POLL /**/ + +/* HAS_READDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is + * available to read directory entries. You may have to include + * . See I_DIRENT. + */ +#define HAS_READDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_SEEKDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is + * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is + * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. + */ +/*#define HAS_TELLDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_REWINDDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is + * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. + */ +#define HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_READLINK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is + * available to read the value of a symbolic link. + */ +#define HAS_READLINK /**/ + +/* HAS_RENAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available + * to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink() + * trick. + */ +#define HAS_RENAME /**/ + +/* HAS_RMDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is + * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a + * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. + */ +#define HAS_RMDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_SELECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is + * available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field + * is used, may need to be included. + */ +#define HAS_SELECT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETEGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available + * to change the effective gid of the current program. + */ +#define HAS_SETEGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETEUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available + * to change the effective uid of the current program. + */ +#define HAS_SETEUID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETLINEBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is + * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SETLOCALE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is + * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. + */ +#define HAS_SETLOCALE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid) + * routine is available to set process group ID. + */ +#define HAS_SETPGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP2: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) + * routine is available to set the current process group. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPRIORITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is + * available to set a process's priority. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ + +/* HAS_SETREGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is + * available to change the real and effective gid of the current + * process. + */ +/* HAS_SETRESGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is + * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current + * process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETREGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETREUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is + * available to change the real and effective uid of the current + * process. + */ +/* HAS_SETRESUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is + * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current + * process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETREUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRGID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available + * to change the real gid of the current program. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRGID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available + * to change the real uid of the current program. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRUID /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is + * available to set the process group ID. + */ +#define HAS_SETSID /**/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. + */ +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat _((int, Shmat_t, int)) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. + */ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ + +/* HAS_STRCHR: + * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr() + * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the + * index()/rindex() pair. + */ +/* HAS_INDEX: + * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex() + * functions are available for string searching. + */ +#define HAS_STRCHR /**/ +/*#define HAS_INDEX /**/ + +/* HAS_STRCOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is + * available to compare strings using collating information. + */ +#define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ + +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. + */ +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is + * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). + */ +#define HAS_STRTOD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available + * to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRXFRM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is + * available to transform strings. + */ +#define HAS_STRXFRM /**/ + +/* HAS_SYMLINK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available + * to create symbolic links. + */ +#define HAS_SYMLINK /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is + * available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough. + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCONF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available + * to determine system related limits and options. + */ +#define HAS_SYSCONF /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSTEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is + * available to issue a shell command. + */ +#define HAS_SYSTEM /**/ + +/* HAS_TCGETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is + * available to get foreground process group ID. + */ +#define HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_TCSETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is + * available to set foreground process group ID. + */ +#define HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_TRUNCATE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is + * available to truncate files. + */ +/*#define HAS_TRUNCATE /**/ + +/* HAS_TZNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is + * available to access timezone names. + */ +#define HAS_TZNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_UMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is + * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. + */ +#define HAS_UMASK /**/ + +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. + */ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif + +/* HAS_WAIT4: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. + */ +#define HAS_WAIT4 /**/ + +/* HAS_WAITPID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is + * available to wait for child process. + */ +#define HAS_WAITPID /**/ + +/* HAS_WCSTOMBS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is + * available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. + */ +#define HAS_WCSTOMBS /**/ + +/* HAS_WCTOMB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available + * to covert a wide character to a multibyte. + */ +#define HAS_WCTOMB /**/ + +/* I_ARPA_INET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get inet_addr and friends declarations. + */ +#define I_ARPA_INET /**/ + +/* I_DBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_RPCSVC_DBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_DBM /**/ +/*#define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ + +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . + */ +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. + */ +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. + */ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +/*#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct dirent + +/* I_DLFCN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_DLFCN /**/ + +/* I_FCNTL: + * This manifest constant tells the C program to include . + */ +#define I_FCNTL /**/ + +/* I_FLOAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or + * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. + */ +#define I_FLOAT /**/ + +/* I_LIMITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or + * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. + */ +#define I_LIMITS /**/ + +/* I_LOCALE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_LOCALE /**/ + +/* I_MATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_MATH /**/ + +/* I_MEMORY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MEMORY /**/ + +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ + +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_IN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Otherwise, you may try . + */ +#define I_NETINET_IN /**/ + +/* I_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SFIO /**/ + +/* I_STDDEF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +#define I_STDDEF /**/ + +/* I_STDLIB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +#define I_STDLIB /**/ + +/* I_STRING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include (USG systems) instead of (BSD systems). + */ +#define I_STRING /**/ + +/* I_SYS_DIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_DIR /**/ + +/* I_SYS_FILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of R_OK and friends. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_FILE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_IOCTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. Otherwise, include or . + */ +#define I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ + +/* I_SYS_NDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_NDIR /**/ + +/* I_SYS_PARAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_PARAM /**/ + +/* I_SYS_RESOURCE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_SELECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include in order to get definition of struct timeval. + */ +#define I_SYS_SELECT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_STAT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_TIMES /**/ + +/* I_SYS_TYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_TYPES /**/ + +/* I_SYS_UN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get UNIX domain socket definitions. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_UN /**/ + +/* I_SYS_WAIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_SYS_WAIT /**/ + +/* I_TERMIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include + * rather than . There are also differences in + * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. + */ +/* I_TERMIOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include + * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h. + * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the + * value of this symbol. + */ +/* I_SGTTY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include + * rather than . There are also differences in + * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. + */ +/*#define I_TERMIO /**/ +#define I_TERMIOS /**/ +/*#define I_SGTTY /**/ + +/* I_UNISTD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_UNISTD /**/ + +/* I_UTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_UTIME /**/ + +/* I_VALUES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or + * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you + * should use instead, if it is available. + */ +#define I_VALUES /**/ + +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ + +/* I_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include vfork.h. + */ +/*#define I_VFORK /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "/system/ported/command_library/bash.pm" /**/ + +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + +/* CROSSCOMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our + * build process is a cross-compilation. + */ +/*#define CROSSCOMPILE /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ + +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. + */ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t _error_ /**/ +# define Uquad_t _error_ /**/ +# define QUADKIND _error_ /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 +#endif + +/* HAS_ACCESSX: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ + +/* HAS_EACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. + */ +#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" +#define CPPLAST "-" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +/*#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "/system/ported/command_library/bash.pm" /**/ +#endif + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_ICONV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the iconv routine is + * available to do character set conversions. + */ +/*#define HAS_ICONV /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. + */ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir _((DIR*)); + */ +/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. + */ +/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_ICONV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_ICONV /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ + +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ + +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ + +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ + +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. + */ +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. + */ +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. + */ +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. + */ +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. + */ +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. + */ +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. + */ +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. + */ +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. + */ +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. + */ +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. + */ +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). + */ +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). + */ +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). + */ +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). + */ +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). + */ +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). + */ +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). + */ +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). + */ +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). + */ +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). + */ +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +#define IVTYPE int /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned int /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE int /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned int /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE _error_ /**/ +#define U64TYPE _error_ /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE _error_ /**/ +#define U64SIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 + +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. + */ +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. + */ +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. + */ +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. + */ +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. + */ +#define IVdf "d" /**/ +#define UVuf "u" /**/ +#define UVof "o" /**/ +#define UVxf "x" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. + */ +#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ + +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. + */ +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. + */ +#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. + */ +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. + */ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif + +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. + */ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. + */ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. + */ +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary + * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in for older + * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. + * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree + * structured like the default one. + * See INSTALL for how this works. + * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, + * so that is the lowest possible value. + * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as + * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources + * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, + * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, + * though in principle we could go snooping around in old + * Config.pm files. + */ +/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl + * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules + * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current + * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search in /system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7 for older directories across major versions + * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl + * library directory tree structured like the default one. The + * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's + * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine + * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. + */ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +#endif diff --git a/vos/config.h b/vos/config.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c1e020e45..0000000000 --- a/vos/config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3183 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which - * gets its values from $CONFIG_SH, which is generally produced by - * running Configure. - * - * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, - * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. - * For a more permanent change edit $CONFIG_SH and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * \$Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ - */ - -/* - * Package name : perl5 - * Source directory : %es#lang/vos_ftp_site/pub/vos/alpha/perl - * Configuration time: 2000-02-03 19:13 UCT - * Configured by : Paul_Green@stratus.com - * Target system : VOS - */ - -#ifndef _config_h_ -#define _config_h_ - -/* LOC_SED: - * This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program. - */ -#define LOC_SED "/system/ported/command_library/sed.pm" /**/ - -/* HAS_ALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_ALARM /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - -/* HAS_BCMP: - * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to - * compare blocks of memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_BCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_BCOPY: - * This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to - * copy blocks of memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_BZERO: - * This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to - * set a memory block to 0. - */ -/*#define HAS_BZERO /**/ - -/* HAS_CHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_CHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_CHROOT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_CHROOT /**/ - -/* HAS_CHSIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available - * to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. - */ -/*#define HAS_CHSIZE /**/ - -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CUSERID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is - * available to get character login names. - */ -/*#define HAS_CUSERID /**/ - -/* HAS_DBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this - * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. - */ -#define HAS_DBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_DIFFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_DLERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is - * available to return a string describing the last error that - * occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym(). - */ -/*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - -/* HAS_DUP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is - * available to duplicate file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_DUP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHMOD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available - * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). - */ -#define HAS_FCHMOD /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available - * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). - */ -/*#define HAS_FCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_FCNTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the fcntl() function exists. - */ -#define HAS_FCNTL /**/ - -/* HAS_FGETPOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is - * available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell(). - */ -#define HAS_FGETPOS /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is - * available to do file locking. - */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_FORK /**/ - -/* HAS_FSETPOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is - * available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek(). - */ -#define HAS_FSETPOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system - * call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file - * needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE). - * The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval". - */ -/*#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY /**/ -#ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY -#define Timeval struct timeval /* Structure used by gettimeofday() */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is - * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETLOGIN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is - * available to get the login name. - */ -#define HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the - * process group id. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGID /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) - * routine is available to get the current process group. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPPID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is - * available to get the parent process ID. - */ -#define HAS_GETPPID /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRIORITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is - * available to get a process's priority. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ - -/* HAS_INET_ATON: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the - * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" - * strings. - */ -/*#define HAS_INET_ATON /**/ - -/* HAS_KILLPG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available - * to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill - * with a negative process number. - */ -/*#define HAS_KILLPG /**/ - -/* HAS_LINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is - * available to create hard links. - */ -/*#define HAS_LINK /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALECONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is - * available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. - */ -#define HAS_LOCALECONV /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCKF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is - * available to do file locking. - */ -#define HAS_LOCKF /**/ - -/* HAS_LSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is - * available to do file stats on symbolic links. - */ -#define HAS_LSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_MBLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available - * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. - */ -#define HAS_MBLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_MBSTOWCS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is - * available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string. - */ -#define HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ - -/* HAS_MBTOWC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available - * to covert a multibyte to a wide character. - */ -#define HAS_MBTOWC /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * to compare blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMMOVE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used - * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your - * own version. - */ -#define HAS_MEMMOVE /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMSET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available - * to set blocks of memory. - */ -#define HAS_MEMSET /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available - * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to - * exec /bin/mkdir. - */ -#define HAS_MKDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKFIFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is - * available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to - * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require - * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. - */ -#define HAS_MKFIFO /**/ - -/* HAS_MKTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_MKTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_MSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is - * available to synchronize a mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_MUNMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is - * available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap(). - */ -/*#define HAS_MUNMAP /**/ - -/* HAS_NICE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_NICE /**/ - -/* HAS_PATHCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available - * to determine file-system related limits and options associated - * with a given filename. - */ -/* HAS_FPATHCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available - * to determine file-system related limits and options associated - * with a given open file descriptor. - */ -#define HAS_PATHCONF /**/ -#define HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ - -/* HAS_PAUSE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is - * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. - */ -#define HAS_PAUSE /**/ - -/* HAS_PIPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is - * available to create an inter-process channel. - */ -#define HAS_PIPE /**/ - -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include when this symbol is defined. - */ -#define HAS_POLL /**/ - -/* HAS_READDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is - * available to read directory entries. You may have to include - * . See I_DIRENT. - */ -#define HAS_READDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_SEEKDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is - * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is - * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. - */ -/*#define HAS_TELLDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_REWINDDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is - * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. - */ -#define HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_READLINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is - * available to read the value of a symbolic link. - */ -#define HAS_READLINK /**/ - -/* HAS_RENAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available - * to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink() - * trick. - */ -#define HAS_RENAME /**/ - -/* HAS_RMDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is - * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a - * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. - */ -#define HAS_RMDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_SELECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is - * available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field - * is used, may need to be included. - */ -#define HAS_SELECT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETEGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available - * to change the effective gid of the current program. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETEGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETEUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available - * to change the effective uid of the current program. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETEUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETLINEBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is - * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SETLOCALE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is - * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. - */ -#define HAS_SETLOCALE /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid) - * routine is available to set process group ID. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) - * routine is available to set the current process group. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPRIORITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is - * available to set a process's priority. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ - -/* HAS_SETREGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is - * available to change the real and effective gid of the current - * process. - */ -/* HAS_SETRESGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is - * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current - * process. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETREGID /**/ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETREUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is - * available to change the real and effective uid of the current - * process. - */ -/* HAS_SETRESUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is - * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current - * process. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETREUID /**/ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available - * to change the real gid of the current program. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available - * to change the real uid of the current program. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is - * available to set the process group ID. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat _((int, Shmat_t, int)) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* HAS_STRCHR: - * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr() - * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the - * index()/rindex() pair. - */ -/* HAS_INDEX: - * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex() - * functions are available for string searching. - */ -#define HAS_STRCHR /**/ -/*#define HAS_INDEX /**/ - -/* HAS_STRCOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is - * available to compare strings using collating information. - */ -#define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is - * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). - */ -#define HAS_STRTOD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available - * to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRXFRM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is - * available to transform strings. - */ -#define HAS_STRXFRM /**/ - -/* HAS_SYMLINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available - * to create symbolic links. - */ -#define HAS_SYMLINK /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is - * available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough. - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available - * to determine system related limits and options. - */ -#define HAS_SYSCONF /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSTEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is - * available to issue a shell command. - */ -#define HAS_SYSTEM /**/ - -/* HAS_TCGETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is - * available to get foreground process group ID. - */ -/*#define HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_TCSETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is - * available to set foreground process group ID. - */ -/*#define HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_TRUNCATE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is - * available to truncate files. - */ -/*#define HAS_TRUNCATE /**/ - -/* HAS_TZNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is - * available to access timezone names. - */ -#define HAS_TZNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_UMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is - * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. - */ -#define HAS_UMASK /**/ - -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - -/* HAS_WAIT4: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_WAIT4 /**/ - -/* HAS_WAITPID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is - * available to wait for child process. - */ -#define HAS_WAITPID /**/ - -/* HAS_WCSTOMBS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is - * available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. - */ -#define HAS_WCSTOMBS /**/ - -/* HAS_WCTOMB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available - * to covert a wide character to a multibyte. - */ -#define HAS_WCTOMB /**/ - -/* I_ARPA_INET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get inet_addr and friends declarations. - */ -#define I_ARPA_INET /**/ - -/* I_DBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_RPCSVC_DBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_DBM /**/ -/*#define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ - -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -/*#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct dirent - -/* I_DLFCN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/*#define I_DLFCN /**/ - -/* I_FCNTL: - * This manifest constant tells the C program to include . - */ -#define I_FCNTL /**/ - -/* I_FLOAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or - * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. - */ -#define I_FLOAT /**/ - -/* I_LIMITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or - * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. - */ -#define I_LIMITS /**/ - -/* I_LOCALE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_LOCALE /**/ - -/* I_MATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_MATH /**/ - -/* I_MEMORY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MEMORY /**/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_IN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Otherwise, you may try . - */ -#define I_NETINET_IN /**/ - -/* I_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SFIO /**/ - -/* I_STDDEF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -#define I_STDDEF /**/ - -/* I_STDLIB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -#define I_STDLIB /**/ - -/* I_STRING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include (USG systems) instead of (BSD systems). - */ -#define I_STRING /**/ - -/* I_SYS_DIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_DIR /**/ - -/* I_SYS_FILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of R_OK and friends. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_FILE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_IOCTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. Otherwise, include or . - */ -#define I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ - -/* I_SYS_NDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_NDIR /**/ - -/* I_SYS_PARAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_PARAM /**/ - -/* I_SYS_RESOURCE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_SELECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include in order to get definition of struct timeval. - */ -#define I_SYS_SELECT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_SYS_STAT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_SYS_TIMES /**/ - -/* I_SYS_TYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_SYS_TYPES /**/ - -/* I_SYS_UN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get UNIX domain socket definitions. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_UN /**/ - -/* I_SYS_WAIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_SYS_WAIT /**/ - -/* I_TERMIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * rather than . There are also differences in - * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. - */ -/* I_TERMIOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h. - * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the - * value of this symbol. - */ -/* I_SGTTY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * rather than . There are also differences in - * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. - */ -/*#define I_TERMIO /**/ -#define I_TERMIOS /**/ -/*#define I_SGTTY /**/ - -/* I_UNISTD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_UNISTD /**/ - -/* I_UTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_UTIME /**/ - -/* I_VALUES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or - * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you - * should use instead, if it is available. - */ -#define I_VALUES /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* I_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include vfork.h. - */ -/*#define I_VFORK /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - -/* CROSSCOMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our - * build process is a cross-compilation. - */ -/*#define CROSSCOMPILE /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t _error_ /**/ -# define Uquad_t _error_ /**/ -# define QUADKIND _error_ /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. - */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. - */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" -#define CPPMINUS "-" -#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" -#define CPPLAST "-" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -/*#define CASTI32 /**/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - -/* HAS_ICONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the iconv routine is - * available to do character set conversions. - */ -/*#define HAS_ICONV /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. - */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t $mmaptype /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir _((DIR*)); - */ -/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. - */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_ICONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_ICONV /**/ - -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ - -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME /**/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIeldbl $sPRIeldbl /**/ -# PERL_SCNfldbl $sSCNfldbl /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t off_t /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -#define IVTYPE int /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned int /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE int /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned int /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE _error_ /**/ -#define U64TYPE _error_ /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE _error_ /**/ -#define U64SIZE _error_ /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf "d" /**/ -#define UVuf "u" /**/ -#define UVof "o" /**/ -#define UVxf "x" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ - -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. - */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. - */ -#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ - -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. - */ -#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ - -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. - */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif - -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. - */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. - */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. - */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: - * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary - * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in for older - * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. - * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree - * structured like the default one. - * See INSTALL for how this works. - * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, - * so that is the lowest possible value. - * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as - * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources - * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, - * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, - * though in principle we could go snooping around in old - * Config.pm files. - */ -/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: - * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl - * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules - * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current - * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in /system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005 for older directories across major versions - * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl - * library directory tree structured like the default one. The - * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's - * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine - * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - * (presumably) be similar. - * See the INSTALL file for how this works. - */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" -#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - -#endif diff --git a/vos/config.pl b/vos/config.pl index c6014ade9a..c865ba158b 100644 --- a/vos/config.pl +++ b/vos/config.pl @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ # # Written January 24, 2000 by Jarkko Hietaniemi [jhi@iki.fi] # Modified February 2, 2000 by Paul Green [Paul_Green@stratus.com] +# Modified October 23, 2000 by Paul Green [Paul_Green@stratus.com] # # Read in the definitions file @@ -13,6 +14,7 @@ if (open(CONFIG_DEF, "config.def")) { if (/^([^=]+)='(.*)'$/) { my ($var, $val) = ($1, $2); $define{$var} = $val; + $used{$var} = 0; } else { warn "config.def: $.: illegal line: $_"; } @@ -27,8 +29,9 @@ close (CONFIG_DEF); # Open the template input file. # -unless (open(CONFIG_SH, "config_h.SH_orig")) { - die "$0: Cannot open config_h.SH_orig: $!"; +$lineno = 0; +unless (open(CONFIG_SH, "../config_h.SH")) { + die "$0: Cannot open ../config_h.SH: $!"; } # @@ -44,6 +47,7 @@ unless (open(CONFIG_H, ">config.h.new")) { # while () { + $lineno = $lineno + 1; last if /^sed <) { # while () { + $lineno = $lineno + 1; last if /^!GROK!THIS!/; # +# The definition of SITEARCH and SITEARCH_EXP has to be commented-out. +# The easiest way to do this is to special-case it here. +# + if (/^#define SITEARCH*/) { + s@(^.*$)@/*$1@; + } +# # The case of #$d_foo at the BOL has to be handled carefully. # If $d_foo is "undef", then we must first comment out the entire line. # - if (/^#\$\w+/) { - s@^#(\$\w+)@("$define{$1}" eq "undef")?"/*#define":"#$define{$1}"@e; + if (/^#(\$\w+)/) { + if (exists $define{$1}) { + $used{$1}=1; + s@^#(\$\w+)@("$define{$1}" eq "undef") ? + "/*#define":"#$define{$1}"@e; + } } # # There could be multiple $variables on this line. # Find and replace all of them. # if (/(\$\w+)/) { - s/(\$\w+)/(exists $define{$1}) ? $define{$1} : $1/ge; + s/(\$\w+)/(exists $define{$1}) ? + (($used{$1}=1),$define{$1}) : + ((print "Undefined keyword $1 on line $lineno\n"),$1)/ge; print CONFIG_H; } # @@ -82,3 +100,10 @@ unless (close (CONFIG_H)) { } close (CONFIG_SH); + +while (($key,$value) = each %used) { + if ($value == 0) { + print "Unused keyword definition: $key\n"; + } +} + diff --git a/vos/config_h.SH_orig b/vos/config_h.SH_orig deleted file mode 100755 index e34d920718..0000000000 --- a/vos/config_h.SH_orig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3208 +0,0 @@ -case "$CONFIG_SH" in -'') CONFIG_SH=config.sh ;; -esac -case "$CONFIG_H" in -'') CONFIG_H=config.h ;; -esac -case $CONFIG in -'') - if test -f $CONFIG_SH; then TOP=.; - elif test -f ../$CONFIG_SH; then TOP=..; - elif test -f ../../$CONFIG_SH; then TOP=../..; - elif test -f ../../../$CONFIG_SH; then TOP=../../..; - elif test -f ../../../../$CONFIG_SH; then TOP=../../../..; - else - echo "Can't find $CONFIG_SH."; exit 1 - fi - . $TOP/$CONFIG_SH - ;; -esac -case "$0" in -*/*) cd `expr X$0 : 'X\(.*\)/'` ;; -esac -echo "Extracting $CONFIG_H (with variable substitutions)" -sed <$CONFIG_H -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un-def!#undef!' -/* - * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which - * gets its values from $CONFIG_SH, which is generally produced by - * running Configure. - * - * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, - * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. - * For a more permanent change edit $CONFIG_SH and rerun config_h.SH. - * - * \$Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ - */ - -/* - * Package name : $package - * Source directory : $src - * Configuration time: $cf_time - * Configured by : $cf_by - * Target system : $myuname - */ - -#ifndef _config_h_ -#define _config_h_ - -/* LOC_SED: - * This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program. - */ -#define LOC_SED "$full_sed" /**/ - -/* HAS_ALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_alarm HAS_ALARM /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -#$d_attribut HASATTRIBUTE /**/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - -/* HAS_BCMP: - * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to - * compare blocks of memory. - */ -#$d_bcmp HAS_BCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_BCOPY: - * This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to - * copy blocks of memory. - */ -#$d_bcopy HAS_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_BZERO: - * This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to - * set a memory block to 0. - */ -#$d_bzero HAS_BZERO /**/ - -/* HAS_CHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_chown HAS_CHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_CHROOT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_chroot HAS_CHROOT /**/ - -/* HAS_CHSIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available - * to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. - */ -#$d_chsize HAS_CHSIZE /**/ - -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#$d_const HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -#$d_crypt HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CUSERID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is - * available to get character login names. - */ -#$d_cuserid HAS_CUSERID /**/ - -/* HAS_DBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this - * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. - */ -#$d_dbl_dig HAS_DBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_DIFFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_difftime HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_DLERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is - * available to return a string describing the last error that - * occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym(). - */ -#$d_dlerror HAS_DLERROR /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -#$d_suidsafe SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -#$d_dosuid DOSUID /**/ - -/* HAS_DUP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is - * available to duplicate file descriptors. - */ -#$d_dup2 HAS_DUP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHMOD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available - * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). - */ -#$d_fchmod HAS_FCHMOD /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available - * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). - */ -#$d_fchown HAS_FCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_FCNTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the fcntl() function exists. - */ -#$d_fcntl HAS_FCNTL /**/ - -/* HAS_FGETPOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is - * available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell(). - */ -#$d_fgetpos HAS_FGETPOS /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is - * available to do file locking. - */ -#$d_flock HAS_FLOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_fork HAS_FORK /**/ - -/* HAS_FSETPOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is - * available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek(). - */ -#$d_fsetpos HAS_FSETPOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system - * call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file - * needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE). - * The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval". - */ -#$d_gettimeod HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY /**/ -#ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY -#define Timeval struct timeval /* Structure used by gettimeofday() */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is - * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -#$d_getgrps HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETLOGIN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is - * available to get the login name. - */ -#$d_getlogin HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the - * process group id. - */ -#$d_getpgid HAS_GETPGID /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) - * routine is available to get the current process group. - */ -#$d_getpgrp2 HAS_GETPGRP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPPID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is - * available to get the parent process ID. - */ -#$d_getppid HAS_GETPPID /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRIORITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is - * available to get a process's priority. - */ -#$d_getprior HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ - -/* HAS_INET_ATON: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the - * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" - * strings. - */ -#$d_inetaton HAS_INET_ATON /**/ - -/* HAS_KILLPG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available - * to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill - * with a negative process number. - */ -#$d_killpg HAS_KILLPG /**/ - -/* HAS_LINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is - * available to create hard links. - */ -#$d_link HAS_LINK /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALECONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is - * available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. - */ -#$d_locconv HAS_LOCALECONV /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCKF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is - * available to do file locking. - */ -#$d_lockf HAS_LOCKF /**/ - -/* HAS_LSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is - * available to do file stats on symbolic links. - */ -#$d_lstat HAS_LSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_MBLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available - * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. - */ -#$d_mblen HAS_MBLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_MBSTOWCS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is - * available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string. - */ -#$d_mbstowcs HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ - -/* HAS_MBTOWC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available - * to covert a multibyte to a wide character. - */ -#$d_mbtowc HAS_MBTOWC /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * to compare blocks of memory. - */ -#$d_memcmp HAS_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy blocks of memory. - */ -#$d_memcpy HAS_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMMOVE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used - * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your - * own version. - */ -#$d_memmove HAS_MEMMOVE /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMSET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available - * to set blocks of memory. - */ -#$d_memset HAS_MEMSET /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available - * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to - * exec /bin/mkdir. - */ -#$d_mkdir HAS_MKDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKFIFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is - * available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to - * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require - * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. - */ -#$d_mkfifo HAS_MKFIFO /**/ - -/* HAS_MKTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_mktime HAS_MKTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_MSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is - * available to synchronize a mapped file. - */ -#$d_msync HAS_MSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_MUNMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is - * available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap(). - */ -#$d_munmap HAS_MUNMAP /**/ - -/* HAS_NICE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_nice HAS_NICE /**/ - -/* HAS_PATHCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available - * to determine file-system related limits and options associated - * with a given filename. - */ -/* HAS_FPATHCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available - * to determine file-system related limits and options associated - * with a given open file descriptor. - */ -#$d_pathconf HAS_PATHCONF /**/ -#$d_fpathconf HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ - -/* HAS_PAUSE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is - * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. - */ -#$d_pause HAS_PAUSE /**/ - -/* HAS_PIPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is - * available to create an inter-process channel. - */ -#$d_pipe HAS_PIPE /**/ - -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include when this symbol is defined. - */ -#$d_poll HAS_POLL /**/ - -/* HAS_READDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is - * available to read directory entries. You may have to include - * . See I_DIRENT. - */ -#$d_readdir HAS_READDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_SEEKDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is - * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. - */ -#$d_seekdir HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is - * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. - */ -#$d_telldir HAS_TELLDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_REWINDDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is - * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. - */ -#$d_rewinddir HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_READLINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is - * available to read the value of a symbolic link. - */ -#$d_readlink HAS_READLINK /**/ - -/* HAS_RENAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available - * to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink() - * trick. - */ -#$d_rename HAS_RENAME /**/ - -/* HAS_RMDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is - * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a - * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. - */ -#$d_rmdir HAS_RMDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_SELECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is - * available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field - * is used, may need to be included. - */ -#$d_select HAS_SELECT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETEGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available - * to change the effective gid of the current program. - */ -#$d_setegid HAS_SETEGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETEUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available - * to change the effective uid of the current program. - */ -#$d_seteuid HAS_SETEUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETLINEBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is - * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#$d_setlinebuf HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SETLOCALE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is - * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. - */ -#$d_setlocale HAS_SETLOCALE /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid) - * routine is available to set process group ID. - */ -#$d_setpgid HAS_SETPGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP2: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) - * routine is available to set the current process group. - */ -#$d_setpgrp2 HAS_SETPGRP2 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPRIORITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is - * available to set a process's priority. - */ -#$d_setprior HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ - -/* HAS_SETREGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is - * available to change the real and effective gid of the current - * process. - */ -/* HAS_SETRESGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is - * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current - * process. - */ -#$d_setregid HAS_SETREGID /**/ -#$d_setresgid HAS_SETRESGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETREUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is - * available to change the real and effective uid of the current - * process. - */ -/* HAS_SETRESUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is - * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current - * process. - */ -#$d_setreuid HAS_SETREUID /**/ -#$d_setresuid HAS_SETRESUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRGID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available - * to change the real gid of the current program. - */ -#$d_setrgid HAS_SETRGID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available - * to change the real uid of the current program. - */ -#$d_setruid HAS_SETRUID /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is - * available to set the process group ID. - */ -#$d_setsid HAS_SETSID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat _((int, Shmat_t, int)) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t $shmattype /**/ -#$d_shmatprototype HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* HAS_STRCHR: - * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr() - * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the - * index()/rindex() pair. - */ -/* HAS_INDEX: - * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex() - * functions are available for string searching. - */ -#$d_strchr HAS_STRCHR /**/ -#$d_index HAS_INDEX /**/ - -/* HAS_STRCOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is - * available to compare strings using collating information. - */ -#$d_strcoll HAS_STRCOLL /**/ - -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#$d_strctcpy USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is - * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). - */ -#$d_strtod HAS_STRTOD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available - * to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. - */ -#$d_strtol HAS_STRTOL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#$d_strtoul HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRXFRM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is - * available to transform strings. - */ -#$d_strxfrm HAS_STRXFRM /**/ - -/* HAS_SYMLINK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available - * to create symbolic links. - */ -#$d_symlink HAS_SYMLINK /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is - * available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough. - */ -#$d_syscall HAS_SYSCALL /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCONF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available - * to determine system related limits and options. - */ -#$d_sysconf HAS_SYSCONF /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSTEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is - * available to issue a shell command. - */ -#$d_system HAS_SYSTEM /**/ - -/* HAS_TCGETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is - * available to get foreground process group ID. - */ -#$d_tcgetpgrp HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_TCSETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is - * available to set foreground process group ID. - */ -#$d_tcsetpgrp HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_TRUNCATE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is - * available to truncate files. - */ -#$d_truncate HAS_TRUNCATE /**/ - -/* HAS_TZNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is - * available to access timezone names. - */ -#$d_tzname HAS_TZNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_UMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is - * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. - */ -#$d_umask HAS_UMASK /**/ - -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#$d_volatile HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - -/* HAS_WAIT4: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. - */ -#$d_wait4 HAS_WAIT4 /**/ - -/* HAS_WAITPID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is - * available to wait for child process. - */ -#$d_waitpid HAS_WAITPID /**/ - -/* HAS_WCSTOMBS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is - * available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. - */ -#$d_wcstombs HAS_WCSTOMBS /**/ - -/* HAS_WCTOMB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available - * to covert a wide character to a multibyte. - */ -#$d_wctomb HAS_WCTOMB /**/ - -/* I_ARPA_INET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get inet_addr and friends declarations. - */ -#$i_arpainet I_ARPA_INET /**/ - -/* I_DBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_RPCSVC_DBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_dbm I_DBM /**/ -#$i_rpcsvcdbm I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ - -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#$i_dirent I_DIRENT /**/ -#$d_dirnamlen DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t $direntrytype - -/* I_DLFCN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -#$i_dlfcn I_DLFCN /**/ - -/* I_FCNTL: - * This manifest constant tells the C program to include . - */ -#$i_fcntl I_FCNTL /**/ - -/* I_FLOAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or - * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. - */ -#$i_float I_FLOAT /**/ - -/* I_LIMITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or - * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. - */ -#$i_limits I_LIMITS /**/ - -/* I_LOCALE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_locale I_LOCALE /**/ - -/* I_MATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_math I_MATH /**/ - -/* I_MEMORY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_memory I_MEMORY /**/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -#$i_ndbm I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_neterrno I_NET_ERRNO /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_IN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Otherwise, you may try . - */ -#$i_niin I_NETINET_IN /**/ - -/* I_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sfio I_SFIO /**/ - -/* I_STDDEF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -#$i_stddef I_STDDEF /**/ - -/* I_STDLIB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -#$i_stdlib I_STDLIB /**/ - -/* I_STRING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include (USG systems) instead of (BSD systems). - */ -#$i_string I_STRING /**/ - -/* I_SYS_DIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sysdir I_SYS_DIR /**/ - -/* I_SYS_FILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of R_OK and friends. - */ -#$i_sysfile I_SYS_FILE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_IOCTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. Otherwise, include or . - */ -#$i_sysioctl I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ - -/* I_SYS_NDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sysndir I_SYS_NDIR /**/ - -/* I_SYS_PARAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sysparam I_SYS_PARAM /**/ - -/* I_SYS_RESOURCE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sysresrc I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_SELECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include in order to get definition of struct timeval. - */ -#$i_sysselct I_SYS_SELECT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sysstat I_SYS_STAT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_systimes I_SYS_TIMES /**/ - -/* I_SYS_TYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_systypes I_SYS_TYPES /**/ - -/* I_SYS_UN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get UNIX domain socket definitions. - */ -#$i_sysun I_SYS_UN /**/ - -/* I_SYS_WAIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_syswait I_SYS_WAIT /**/ - -/* I_TERMIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * rather than . There are also differences in - * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. - */ -/* I_TERMIOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h. - * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the - * value of this symbol. - */ -/* I_SGTTY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include - * rather than . There are also differences in - * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. - */ -#$i_termio I_TERMIO /**/ -#$i_termios I_TERMIOS /**/ -#$i_sgtty I_SGTTY /**/ - -/* I_UNISTD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_unistd I_UNISTD /**/ - -/* I_UTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_utime I_UTIME /**/ - -/* I_VALUES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or - * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you - * should use instead, if it is available. - */ -#$i_values I_VALUES /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_stdarg I_STDARG /**/ -#$i_varargs I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* I_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include vfork.h. - */ -#$i_vfork I_VFORK /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#$prototype CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "$sh" /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR $stdchar /**/ - -/* CROSSCOMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our - * build process is a cross-compilation. - */ -#$crosscompile CROSSCOMPILE /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE $intsize /**/ -#define LONGSIZE $longsize /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE $shortsize /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -#$multiarch MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -#$d_quad HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t $quadtype /**/ -# define Uquad_t $uquadtype /**/ -# define QUADKIND $quadkind /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. - */ -#$d_accessx HAS_ACCESSX /**/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. - */ -#$d_eaccess HAS_EACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_sysaccess I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_syssecrt I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "$osname" /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES $alignbytes -#endif - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for $package. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#$d_archlib ARCHLIB "$archlib" /**/ -#$d_archlib ARCHLIB_EXP "$archlibexp" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "$archname" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -#$d_atolf HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -#$d_atoll HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "$bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "$binexp" /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -#$d_bincompat5005 PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(CROSSCOMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x$byteorder /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if $cpp_stuff == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if $cpp_stuff == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if $cpp_stuff != 1 && $cpp_stuff != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "$cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "$cppminus" -#define CPPRUN "$cpprun" -#define CPPLAST "$cpplast" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#$d_access HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -#$d_casti32 CASTI32 /**/ - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#$d_castneg CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS $castflags /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -#$d_void_closedir VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -#$d_csh HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "$full_csh" /**/ -#endif - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -#$d_dlsymun DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -#$d_drand48proto HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -#$d_endgrent HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -#$d_endhent HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -#$d_endnent HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -#$d_endpent HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -#$d_endpwent HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -#$d_endsent HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in - */ -#$d_fd_set HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -#$d_flexfnam FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -#$d_fpos64_t HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -#$d_frexpl HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -#$d_fs_data_s HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -#$d_fseeko HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -#$d_fstatfs HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -#$d_ftello HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) $d_Gconvert - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#$d_getcwd HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -#$d_getespwnam HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -#$d_getfsstat HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -#$d_getgrent HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#$d_gethbyaddr HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#$d_gethbyname HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -#$d_gethent HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#$d_gethname HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#$d_uname HAS_UNAME /**/ -#$d_phostname HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "$aphostname" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#$d_gethostprotos HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -#$d_getmnt HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -#$d_getmntent HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -#$d_getnbyaddr HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -#$d_getnbyname HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -#$d_getnent HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#$d_getnetprotos HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -#$d_getpent HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. - */ -#$d_getpbyname HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#$d_getpbynumber HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#$d_getprotoprotos HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -#$d_getprpwnam HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -#$d_getpwent HAS_GETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -#$d_getsent HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#$d_getservprotos HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -#$d_getspnam HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#$d_getsbyname HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#$d_getsbyport HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -#$d_gnulibc HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -#$d_hasmntopt HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#$d_htonl HAS_HTONL /**/ -#$d_htonl HAS_HTONS /**/ -#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHS /**/ - -/* HAS_ICONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the iconv routine is - * available to do character set conversions. - */ -#$d_iconv HAS_ICONV /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. - */ -#$d_int64_t HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#$d_isascii HAS_ISASCII /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#$d_isnan HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -#$d_isnanl HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -#$d_lchown HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#$d_ldbl_dig HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#$d_longdbl HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE $longdblsize /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -#$d_longlong HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE $longlongsize /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#$d_lseekproto HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -#$d_madvise HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#$d_memchr HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -#$d_mkdtemp HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -#$d_mkstemp HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -#$d_mkstemps HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -#$d_mmap HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t $mmaptype /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -#$d_modfl HAS_MODFL /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -#$d_mprotect HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -#$d_msg HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -#$d_off64_t HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -#$d_open3 HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -#$d_old_pthread_create_joinable OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE $old_pthread_create_joinable /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -#$d_pthread_yield HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD $sched_yield /**/ -#$d_sched_yield HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -#$d_safebcpy HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -#$d_safemcpy HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#$d_sanemcmp HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -#$d_sem HAS_SEM /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -#$d_setgrent HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -#$d_setgrps HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_sethent HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_setnent HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_setpent HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -#$d_setproctitle HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -#$d_setpwent HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -#$d_setsent HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#$d_setvbuf HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -#$d_sfio USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -#$d_shm HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -#$d_sigaction HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -#$d_sigsetjmp HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -#$d_socket HAS_SOCKET /**/ -#$d_sockpair HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -#$d_msg_ctrunc HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -#$d_msg_dontroute HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -#$d_msg_oob HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -#$d_msg_peek HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -#$d_msg_proxy HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -#$d_scm_rights HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -#$d_socks5_init HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -#$d_sqrtl HAS_SQRTL /**/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -#$d_statblks USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -#$d_statfs_f_flags HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -#$d_statfs_s HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -#$d_fstatvfs HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#$d_stdstdio USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) $stdio_ptr -#$d_stdio_ptr_lval STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) $stdio_cnt -#$d_stdio_cnt_lval STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -#$d_stdio_ptr_lval_sets_cnt STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#$d_stdio_ptr_lval_nochange_cnt STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#$d_stdiobase USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) $stdio_base -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) $stdio_bufsiz -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#$d_strerror HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#$d_syserrlst HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) $d_strerrm - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. - */ -#$d_strtold HAS_STRTOLD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. - */ -#$d_strtoll HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -#$d_strtoull HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -#$d_strtouq HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir _((DIR*)); - */ -#$d_telldirproto HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t $timetype /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#$d_times HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#$d_union_semun HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -#$d_semctl_semun USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -#$d_semctl_semid_ds USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -#$d_ustat HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -#$d_vfork HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t $signal_t /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#$d_vprintf HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -#$d_charvspr USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -#$usedl USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE $doublesize /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -#$ebcdic EBCDIC /**/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. - */ -#$fflushNULL FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -#$fflushall FFLUSH_ALL /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t $fpostype /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f $gidformat /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign $gidsign /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size $gidsize /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t $gidtype /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t $groupstype /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -#define DB_Hash_t $db_hashtype /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t $db_prefixtype /**/ - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -#$i_grp I_GRP /**/ -#$d_grpasswd GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_ICONV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_iconv I_ICONV /**/ - -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_ieeefp I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_inttypes I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_libutil I_LIBUTIL /**/ - -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_machcthr I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_mntent I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_netdb I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_netinettcp I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_poll I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_prot I_PROT /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_pthread I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#$i_pwd I_PWD /**/ -#$d_pwquota PWQUOTA /**/ -#$d_pwage PWAGE /**/ -#$d_pwchange PWCHANGE /**/ -#$d_pwclass PWCLASS /**/ -#$d_pwexpire PWEXPIRE /**/ -#$d_pwcomment PWCOMMENT /**/ -#$d_pwgecos PWGECOS /**/ -#$d_pwpasswd PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_shadow I_SHADOW /**/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_socks I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sunmath I_SUNMATH /**/ - -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_syslog I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysmode I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysmount I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. - */ -#$i_sysstatfs I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysstatvfs I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysuio I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysutsname I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysvfs I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -#$i_time I_TIME /**/ -#$i_systime I_SYS_TIME /**/ -#$i_systimek I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_ustat I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST $inc_version_list_init /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -#$installusrbinperl INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -#$d_PRIfldbl PERL_PRIfldbl $sPRIfldbl /**/ -#$d_PRIgldbl PERL_PRIgldbl $sPRIgldbl /**/ -#$d_PRIeldbl PERL_PRIeldbl $sPRIeldbl /**/ -#$d_SCNfldbl PERL_SCNfldbl $sSCNfldbl /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t $lseektype /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE $lseeksize /* size */ -#define Off_t_size $lseeksize /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t $malloctype /**/ -#define Free_t $freetype /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -#$d_mymalloc MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t $modetype /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK $o_nonblock -#define VAL_EAGAIN $eagain -#define RD_NODATA $rd_nodata -#$d_eofnblk EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t $netdb_host_type /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t $netdb_hlen_type /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t $netdb_name_type /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t $netdb_net_type /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -#$d_perl_otherlibdirs PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "$otherlibdirs" /**/ - -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -#define IVTYPE $ivtype /**/ -#define UVTYPE $uvtype /**/ -#define I8TYPE $i8type /**/ -#define U8TYPE $u8type /**/ -#define I16TYPE $i16type /**/ -#define U16TYPE $u16type /**/ -#define I32TYPE $i32type /**/ -#define U32TYPE $u32type /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE $i64type /**/ -#define U64TYPE $u64type /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE $nvtype /**/ -#define IVSIZE $ivsize /**/ -#define UVSIZE $uvsize /**/ -#define I8SIZE $i8size /**/ -#define U8SIZE $u8size /**/ -#define I16SIZE $i16size /**/ -#define U16SIZE $u16size /**/ -#define I32SIZE $i32size /**/ -#define U32SIZE $u32size /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE $i64size /**/ -#define U64SIZE $u64size /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE $nvsize /**/ -#$d_nv_preserves_uv NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS $d_nv_preserves_uv_bits - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf $ivdformat /**/ -#define UVuf $uvuformat /**/ -#define UVof $uvoformat /**/ -#define UVxf $uvxformat /**/ -#define NVef $nveformat /**/ -#define NVff $nvfformat /**/ -#define NVgf $nvgformat /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t $pidtype /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "$privlib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "$privlibexp" /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE $ptrsize /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() $drand01 /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t $randseedtype /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) $seedfunc((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS $randbits /**/ - -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. - */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS $selectminbits /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t $selecttype /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -#define SIG_NAME $sig_name_init /**/ -#define SIG_NUM $sig_num_init /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "$sitearch" /**/ -#define SITEARCH_EXP "$sitearchexp" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "$sitelib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "$sitelibexp" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "$sitelib_stem" /**/ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size $sizesize /* */ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t $sizetype /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t $socksizetype /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t $ssizetype /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. - */ -#define STARTPERL "$startperl" /**/ - -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. - */ -#$d_stdio_stream_array HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY $stdio_stream_array - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f $uidformat /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign $uidsign /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size $uidsize /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t $uidtype /* UID type */ - -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. - */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -#$use64bitint USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -#$use64bitall USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -#$uselargefiles USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -#$uselongdouble USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -#$usemorebits USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif - -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. - */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -#$usemultiplicity MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. - */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -#$useperlio USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. - */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -#$usesocks USE_SOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -#$use5005threads USE_5005THREADS /**/ -#$useithreads USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -#$d_oldpthreads OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#$d_vendorarch PERL_VENDORARCH "$vendorarch" /**/ -#$d_vendorarch PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "$vendorarchexp" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "$vendorlibexp" /**/ -#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "$vendorlib_stem" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED $defvoidused -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS $voidflags -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: - * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary - * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in $sitearch for older - * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. - * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree - * structured like the default one. - * See INSTALL for how this works. - * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, - * so that is the lowest possible value. - * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as - * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources - * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, - * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, - * though in principle we could go snooping around in old - * Config.pm files. - */ -/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: - * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl - * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules - * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current - * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in $sitelib for older directories across major versions - * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl - * library directory tree structured like the default one. The - * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's - * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine - * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - * (presumably) be similar. - * See the INSTALL file for how this works. - */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "$xs_apiversion" -#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "$pm_apiversion" - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -#$d_getpgrp HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -#$d_bsdgetpgrp USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -#$d_setpgrp HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -#$d_bsdsetpgrp USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - -#endif -!GROK!THIS! diff --git a/vos/configure_perl.cm b/vos/configure_perl.cm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49611f9a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/vos/configure_perl.cm @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +& This command macro configures perl to build with +& either the alpha or generally-available version of +& VOS POSIX.1 support. +& Written 00-10-24 by Paul Green (Paul_Green@stratus.com) +& +&begin_parameters + version option(-version)name,allow(alpha,ga),=ga +&end_parameters +&echo command_lines +& +&if (file_info config.&version&.def date_modified) > (file_info config.&version&.h date_modified) +&then &do +!copy_file config.&version&.def config.def -delete +& +& NOTE: We must invoke Perl 5 not Perl 4. If necessary, edit the +& next line to say "perl5 config.pl". +& +!perl config.pl +!rename config.h.new config.&version&.h -delete +!delete_file config.def +&end +& +&if (file_info config.&version&.h date_modified) ^= (file_info config.h date_modified) +&then !copy_file config.&version&.h config.h -delete -keep_dates diff --git a/vos/install_perl.cm b/vos/install_perl.cm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95fe064ea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vos/install_perl.cm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +& Macro to install the perl components into the right directories +& Written 00-10-24 by Paul Green (Paul_Green@stratus.com) +& +&begin_parameters + cpu option(-processor)name,allow(mc68020,i80860,pa7100,pa8000),=mc68020 +&end_parameters priv +&echo command_lines +& +&if &cpu& = mc68020 +&then &set_string obj '' +&if &cpu& = i80860 +&then &set_string obj .860 +&if &cpu& = pa7100 +&then &set_string obj .7100 +&if &cpu& = pa8000 +&then &set_string obj .8000 +& +&set_string MDS (master_disk)>system +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>command_library) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>command_library +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.68k) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.68k +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.860) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.860 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.7100) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.7100 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.8000) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>5.7.8000 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.68k) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.68k +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.860) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.860 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.7100) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.7100 +& +&if ^ (exists -directory &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.8000) +&then !create_dir &MDS&>ported>perl>lib>site>5.7.8000 +& +!copy_dir ported>perl>lib>5.7 -delete +& +!copy_file obj&obj&>perl.pm &MDS&>ported>command_library>perl.pm.new -delete +!rename &MDS&>ported>command_library>perl.pm *.(date).(time) -delete +!rename &MDS&>ported>command_library>perl.pm.new perl.pm -delete diff --git a/vos/perl.bind b/vos/perl.bind index 714ce3d680..1e77e5a6de 100644 --- a/vos/perl.bind +++ b/vos/perl.bind @@ -31,9 +31,6 @@ modules: miniperlmain, universal, utf8, util, - xsutils, - vos_dummies, - tcp_runtime, - tcp_gethost; + xsutils; end; diff --git a/vos/vosish.h b/vos/vosish.h index 5a6b0796f8..d600065698 100644 --- a/vos/vosish.h +++ b/vos/vosish.h @@ -1,140 +1 @@ -/* - * The following symbols are defined if your operating system supports - * functions by that name. All Unixes I know of support them, thus they - * are not checked by the configuration script, but are directly defined - * here. - */ - -/* HAS_IOCTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ioctl() routine is - * available to set I/O characteristics - */ -#define HAS_IOCTL / **/ - -/* HAS_UTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the routine utime() is - * available to update the access and modification times of files. - */ -#define HAS_UTIME / **/ - -/* HAS_GROUP - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam() and - * getgrgid() routines are available to get group entries. - * The getgrent() has a separate definition, HAS_GETGRENT. - */ -/*#define HAS_GROUP / **/ - -/* HAS_PASSWD - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam() and - * getpwuid() routines are available to get password entries. - * The getpwent() has a separate definition, HAS_GETPWENT. - */ -/*#define HAS_PASSWD / **/ - -#define HAS_KILL -#define HAS_WAIT - -/* USEMYBINMODE - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should - * use the routine my_binmode(FILE *fp, char iotype, int mode) to insure - * that a file is in "binary" mode -- that is, that no translation - * of bytes occurs on read or write operations. - */ -#undef USEMYBINMODE - -/* Stat_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare buffers for information - * returned by stat(). It's usually just struct stat. It may be necessary - * to include and to get any typedef'ed - * information. - */ -#define Stat_t struct stat - -/* USE_STAT_RDEV: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_rdev - */ -/*#define USE_STAT_RDEV / **/ - -/* ACME_MESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that error messages should be - * should be generated in a format that allows the use of the Acme - * GUI/editor's autofind feature. - */ -#undef ACME_MESS /**/ - -/* UNLINK_ALL_VERSIONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should arrange - * to remove all versions of a file if unlink() is called. This is - * probably only relevant for VMS. - */ -/* #define UNLINK_ALL_VERSIONS / **/ - -/* VMS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program is running under - * VMS. It is currently automatically set by cpps running under VMS, - * and is included here for completeness only. - */ -/* #define VMS / **/ - -/* ALTERNATE_SHEBANG: - * This symbol, if defined, contains a "magic" string which may be used - * as the first line of a Perl program designed to be executed directly - * by name, instead of the standard Unix #!. If ALTERNATE_SHEBANG - * begins with a character other then #, then Perl will only treat - * it as a command line if if finds the string "perl" in the first - * word; otherwise it's treated as the first line of code in the script. - * (IOW, Perl won't hand off to another interpreter via an alternate - * shebang sequence that might be legal Perl code.) - */ -/* #define ALTERNATE_SHEBANG "#!" / **/ - -#if !defined(NSIG) || defined(M_UNIX) || defined(M_XENIX) || defined(__NetBSD__) -# include -#endif - -#ifndef SIGABRT -# define SIGABRT SIGILL -#endif -#ifndef SIGILL -# define SIGILL 6 /* blech */ -#endif -#define ABORT() kill(PerlProc_getpid(),SIGABRT); - -/* - * fwrite1() should be a routine with the same calling sequence as fwrite(), - * but which outputs all of the bytes requested as a single stream (unlike - * fwrite() itself, which on some systems outputs several distinct records - * if the number_of_items parameter is >1). - */ -#define fwrite1 fwrite - -#define Stat(fname,bufptr) stat((fname),(bufptr)) -#define Fstat(fd,bufptr) fstat((fd),(bufptr)) -#define Fflush(fp) fflush(fp) -#define Mkdir(path,mode) mkdir((path),(mode)) - -/* these should be set in a hint file, not here */ -#ifndef PERL_SYS_INIT -#ifdef PERL_SCO5 -# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) fpsetmask(0); MALLOC_INIT -#else -# ifdef POSIX_BC -# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) sigignore(SIGFPE); MALLOC_INIT -# else -# ifdef CYGWIN -# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) Perl_my_setenv_init(&environ); MALLOC_INIT -# else -# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) MALLOC_INIT -# endif -# endif -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef PERL_SYS_TERM -#define PERL_SYS_TERM() MALLOC_TERM -#endif - -#define BIT_BUCKET "/dev/null" - -#define dXSUB_SYS +#include "unixish.h" -- cgit v1.2.1